Actron cp9190 Manual

CP9190
Elite AutoScanner ®Pro
P/N 0002-000-2933
Scan Tool Information
Complete the following list using
the function “Tool Information”.
Provide this information when
contacting customer support.
Serial No:
SW ID:
HW Ver:
Boot Ver:
Prod ID:
Board ID:
Burn Date:
Burn Loc:
If you have questions or concerns Contact

Technical Support:
•Phone: 1-800-228-7667
•Website: www.actron.com
•Mail:SPX Service Solutions
• 15825 Industrial Parkway
• Cleveland, Ohio 44135
• Attn: Technical Support
Copyright Information
Copyright © 2006 SPX Corporation
All rights reserved.
The information, specifications and illustrations in this

guide are based on the latest information available at the
time of printing. SPX Corporation reserves the right to
make changes at any time without notice.
Table of Contents
ToC
Safety Precautions
Important Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety - iii
Section 1 – Using This Manual
Section 2 – Getting Started

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Using the CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Running Applications On Included CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-3
Vehicle Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Introduction to On-Board Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
SAE Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-7
Diagnostic Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
OBD II (J1962) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-9
Ford Historic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-10
GM Historic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-13
Chrysler Historic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-14
OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Section 3– Using The Scan Tool

The Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Accessories Included with the Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Scan Tool Power UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Changing Measurement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Changing Display Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Beeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Changing Auto-Power Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
View Tool Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Display Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Keyboard Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Program Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
i
Connecting The Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Review Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Print Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Code Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
ToC
Setup User Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Vehicle Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Section 4 – Global OBD II Diagnostics

Global OBD II Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Global Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Datastream Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
View Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Diagnostic Codes Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Pending Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Erase Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
View Freeze Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Special Tests Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
I/M Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Drive Cycle Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
State OBD Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
O2 Monitor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Diagnostic Monitor Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
On-Board Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Vehicle Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Modules Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Section 5 – GM Diagnostics
GM Historic (OBD I) Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
GM Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Datastream Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
View Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Diagnostic Codes Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Erase Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Special Tests Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
GM Enhanced (OBD II) Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
GM Function List for OBD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Erase Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
ii
Section 6 – Ford Diagnostics
Ford Historic (OBD I) Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Ford Function List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
Datastream Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
ToC
View Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Read KOEO Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Read KOER Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
Erase Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
IVSC-Speed Ctrl (EEC_IV Vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
On Demand Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Wiggle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
Output Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
Cylinder (Cyl) Balance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24
STAR Test Mode (EEC_IV, MECS and MCU Vehicles). . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
Ford Enhanced (OBD II) Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Ford Function List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-29
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
Section 7 – Chrysler Diagnostics

Chrysler Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Chrysler Function List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
Datastream Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
View Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
Erase Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Device Controls Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
Actuator Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Idle Speed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Section 8 – Import Diagnostics

Import Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Import Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
Read Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
iii
Section 9 – Troubleshooting
How to Use On-Line Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Scan Tool Does Not Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
ToC
Vehicle Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Operating Error or Erroneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Tool Self-Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Appendix A – PID Definitions

Appendix B – Data Link Connectors
Appendix C – Glossary
iv
Safety Precautions !
For your safety, read this manual thoroughly before operating your
Scan Tool. Always refer to and follow safety messages and test
procedures provided by the manufacturer of the vehicle or equipment
being tested.
The safety messages presented below and throughout this user’s
manual are reminders to the operator to exercise extreme care when
using this test instrument.
Read All Instructions
Read, understand and follow all safety messages and instructions in
this manual and on the test equipment. Safety messages in this section
of the manual contain a signal word with a three-part message and, in
some instances, an icon.
Safety Messages
Safety messages are provided to help prevent personal injury and
equipment damage. All safety messages are introduced by a signal
word. The signal word indicates the level of the hazard in a situation.
The types of safety messages are.
Indicates a possible hazardous situation which, if not

! DANGER avoided, will result in death or serious injury to
operator or bystanders.

! WARNING avoided, could result in death or serious injury to

! CAUTION avoided, may result in moderate or minor injury to
Indicates a condition which, if not avoided, may result

IMPORTANT in damage to test equipment or vehicle.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Safety – i
Safety Precautions
! Type Styles Used:

Safety messages contain three different type styles.
• Normal type states the hazard.
• Bold type states how to avoid the hazard.
• Italic type states the possible consequences of not avoiding the
hazard.
Icons used:
An icon, when present, gives a graphical description of a potential
hazard.
Example:
Engine systems can malfunction expelling fuel, oil
vapors, hot steam, hot toxic exhaust gases, acid,
refrigerant and other debris.
Safety goggles and protective gloves must be worn

by the operator and any bystanders. Even if everyday
eyeglasses have impact resistant lenses, they are
NOT safety glasses.
Engine systems that malfunction can cause injury.
Safety – ii • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Safety Precautions
Important Safety Messages !
Risk of electric shock.
• Do not exceed voltage limits between inputs

indicated in the Specifications.
• Use extreme caution when working with circuits that

have voltage greater than 60 volts DC or 24 volts
AC.
Electric shock can cause injury.
Risk of explosion.
• Safety goggles and protective clothing must be

worn by the operator and any bystanders.
! WARNING - Even if everyday glasses have impact resistant
lenses, they are NOT safety glasses, and may not
provide adequate protection.
• Do not use this scan tool in environments where

explosive vapors may collect. These areas include:
- below-ground pits.
- confined areas.
- areas that are less than 18 inches above floor.
• Use this Scan Tool in locations with mechanical

ventilation providing at least 4 air changes per hour.
• Flammable fuel and vapors can ignite.
• Do not smoke, strike a match, or cause a spark in

the vicinity of the battery. Battery gases can ignite.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Safety – iii
Safety Precautions
! • Avoid making an accidental connection between the

battery terminals. Do not place uninsulated metal
tools on the battery.
• When removing battery cables, remove the ground

cable first.
• Avoid sparks when connecting or disconnecting

power leads to the battery.
• Make sure ignition is off, headlights and other

accessories are off and vehicle doors are closed
before disconnecting the battery cables.
- This also helps prevent damage to on-board computer sys-
tems.
• Always disconnect the battery ground connections

before servicing electrical system components.
Explosion can cause injury.
! WARNING
Risk of poisoning.
• Use this Scan Tool in locations with mechanical

ventilation providing at least 4 air changes per hour.
Engine exhaust contains odorless gas which can be
lethal.
• Route the exhaust outside while testing with the

engine running.
Poisoning can result in death or serious injury.
Safety – iv • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Safety Precautions
! WARNING Battery acid is a highly corrosive sulfuric acid. !

• Safety goggles and protective gloves must be worn
by the operator and any bystanders.
- Even if your everyday glasses have impact resistant
• Make sure someone can hear you or is close enough

to provide aid when working near a battery.
• Have plenty of fresh water and soap nearby.

- If battery acid contacts skin, clothing, or eyes, flush
exposed area with soap and water for 10 minutes.
Seek medical help.
• Do not touch eyes while working near battery.
Battery acid can burn eyes and skin.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Safety – v
Safety Precautions
! Risk of fire.

• Do not position your head directly in front of or over

the throttle body.
• Do not pour gasoline down the throttle body when

cranking or running the engine, when working with
fuel delivery systems or any open fuel line.
- Engine backfire can occur when the air cleaner is out
of position.
• Do not use fuel injector cleaning solvents when

performing diagnostic testing.
• Keep cigarettes, sparks, open flame and other

sources of ignition away from vehicle.
• Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher rated

for gasoline, chemical and electrical fires in work
area.
Fire can cause death or serious injury.
Risk of flying particles.
• Safety goggles and protective gloves must be worn

by the operator and any bystanders while using
electrical equipment.
- Electrical equipment or rotating engine parts can
cause flying particles.
Flying particles can cause eye injury.
Safety – vi • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Safety Precautions
Risk of burns. !
• Batteries can produce a short-circuit current high
enough to weld jewelry to metal.
- Remove jewelry such as rings, bracelets and
watches before working near batteries.
Short circuits can cause injury.
! WARNING Risk of burns.
• Do not remove radiator cap unless engine is cold.

- Pressurized engine coolant may be hot.
• Do not touch hot exhaust systems, manifolds,

engines, radiators, sample probe.
• Wear insulated gloves when handling hot engine

components.
• Tester leads can become hot after extended testing

in close proximity to manifolds.
Hot components can cause injury.
Risk of expelling fuel, oil vapors, hot steam, hot toxic

exhaust gases, acid, refrigerant and other debris.

• Engine systems can malfunction, expelling fuel, oil

vapors, hot steam, hot toxic exhaust gases, acid,
refrigerant and other debris.
Fuel, oil vapors, hot steam, hot toxic exhaust gases,

acid, refrigerant and other debris can cause serious
injury.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Safety – vii
Safety Precautions
! Engine compartment contains electrical connections and

hot or moving parts.
• Keep yourself, test leads, clothing and other objects

clear of electrical connections and hot or moving
engine parts.
• Do not wear watches, rings, or loose fitting clothing

when working in an engine compartment.
• Do not place tools or test equipment on fenders or

other places in engine compartment.
• Barriers are recommended to help identify danger

zones in test area.
• Prevent personnel from walking through test area.
Contacting electrical connections and hot or moving

parts can cause injury.
Risk of injury.
• The Scan Tool should be operated by qualified

personnel only.
• Use the scan tool only as described in the user’s

manual.
• Use only manufacturer’s recommended

attachments.
• Do not operate the Scan Tool with damaged cables.
• Do not operate the Scan Tool if it has been dropped

or damaged, until examined by a qualified service
representative.
Operation of the Scan Tool by anyone other than

qualified personnel may result in injury.
Safety – viii• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Safety Precautions
!
Risk of unexpected vehicle movement.
! WARNING
• Block drive wheels before performing a test with
engine running.
• Unless instructed otherwise:

PRNDL2 - set parking brake
- put gear selector in neutral for manual transmissions
- put gear selector in park for automatic transmissions
- disconnect release mechanism on the automatic
parking brake release for testing and reconnect when
testing is completed.
• Do not leave a running engine unattended.
A moving vehicle can cause injury.
Risk of equipment or circuit damage.

! CAUTION
• Unless specifically directed by manufacturer, make
sure ignition is off before connecting or
disconnecting connectors or any vehicle electrical
terminals.
• Do not create a short between battery terminals with

a jumper wire or tools.
Improper equipment use can cause equipment or circuit

damage.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Safety – ix
Safety Precautions
! Misdiagnosis may lead to incorrect or improper repair

! CAUTION and/or adjustment.
• Do not rely on erratic, questionable, or obviously

erroneous test information or results.
- If test information or results are erratic, questionable,
or obviously erroneous, make sure all connections
and data entry information are correct and test
procedures were performed correctly.
- If test information or results are still suspicious, do
not use them for diagnosis.
Improper repair and/or adjustment may cause vehicle or

equipment damage or unsafe operation.
Some vehicles are equipped with air bags.

! DANGER
• Follow service manual warnings when working
around air bag components or wiring.
- If service manual instructions are not followed, an air
bag may deploy unexpectedly, resulting in injury.
- Note an air bag can still deploy several minutes after
ignition key is off (or even if vehicle battery is
disconnected) because of a special energy reserve
module.
An air bag opening can cause injury.
Safety – x • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 1 – Using This Manual
This manual contains instructions for the use and setup of your Scan Tool. A
table of contents and glossary are provided to make this manual easy to use.
Some of the information shown in text or illustrations is obtained using optional
equipment. A Sales Representative can determine option availability.
This section contains a list of conventions used. 1
Safety Messages
Refer to Safety Precautions on page Safety - i.
Check Note
A check note provides additional information about the subject in the preceding
paragraph.
Example:
✓ English is the default measurement unit.
Equipment Tips and Lists

Equipment tips and lists provide information that applies to specific equipment.
Each tip is introduced by this icon ❒ for easy identification.
Example:
❒ Observe all vehicle and/or equipment manufacturer’s cautions and
warnings when testing with the Scan Tool.
Equipment Damage
Situations arise during testing that could damage the vehicle or the test
equipment. The word IMPORTANT signals these situations.
Example:
IMPORTANT Failure to follow these instructions could damage the Scan Tool.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1–1
Using This Manual
Functions and Selections

Diagnostic and tool functions performed by the Scan Tool are highlighted in
bold.
Example:
The View Data function allows you to view the vehicle’s parameter identification
(PID) data in real time.
1
Menus
The menus on the Scan Tool display are referenced in the procedures and are
highlighted in bold-italic text.
Example:
When the OBDII Function List menu displays, the Scan Tool is ready for use.
Questions and Responses

Messages and user responses are CAPITALIZED.
Example:
The Scan Tool displays the pending DTCs or a message stating SYSTEM
PASS: NO FAULT DETECTED.
Manual References
Used to reference other sections of the manual. References include the Title
and page number (section-page).
Example:
For more information on DTCs, refer to “OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(DTCs)” on page 2-15
Screens
Certain help messages, information, and data that are displayed on the scan
tool are also shown in graphical text boxes. The screens are presented as
examples and may change as the software is updated.
Example:
Main Menu
Global OBD II
Domestic Vehicles
European Vehicles
Asian Vehicles
Review Data
Print Data
System Setup
1–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Section 2 – Getting Started
Introduction
The Scan Tool was developed by experts in the automotive service
industry to help diagnose vehicles and assist in troubleshooting
procedures.
The Scan Tool monitors vehicle events and retrieves codes from the
vehicle’s control modules to help pinpoint problem areas. 2
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this manual

are based on the latest information available from industry sources at
the time of publication.
No warranty (expressed or implied) can be made for its accuracy or

completeness, nor is any responsibility assumed by the manufacturer
or anyone connected with it for loss or damages suffered through
reliance on any information contained in this manual or misuse of
accompanying product. The manufacturer reserves the right to make
changes at any time to this manual or accompanying product without
obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2–1
Getting Started
Using the CD
✓ The included CD is NOT required to operate the Scan Tool
✓ Install the CD application prior to connecting the Scan Tool to the

PC.
✓ Some of the items included on the CD are:

❒ Manuals included with Scan Tool
❒ DTC lookup software
2 ❒ Scan Tool update software
❒ Adobe Acrobat Reader Installer
❒ Print Capture
❒ Other product information
✓ To be able to use the included CD the PC must meet the following

minimum requirements:
❒ 486 PC
❒ 4 MB of RAM
❒ Microsoft Windows 98 SE, ME, 2000, and XP
❒ CD ROM Drive
❒ Adobe Acrobat Reader
❒ Internet Explorer 4.0 or newer
❒ Screen Resolution of 800 x 600
– If screen resolution is 800 x 600, in Display Properties, Settings
Tab, set Font Size to Small Fonts.
2–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Getting Started
Installing Applications On Included CD

1. Close all programs on the computer.
2. Place the CD in CD-Drive.
✓ If CD does not start automatically;

❒ Select the Start button.
❒ Select Run... 2
❒ Enter “X:\Setup.htm” in Open Box on
Computer and select OK.
Run
Start
❒ “X” is the CD-ROM drive

letter on the computer.
Enter
3. Follow screen prompts on the computer to install the

applications.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2–3
Getting Started
Vehicle Service Information

The following is a list of web sites and phone numbers where electronic
engine control (EEC) diagnostic information is available.
✓ Some manuals may be available at your local dealer, auto parts

stores or local public libraries.
Domestic Vehicles Web Site Phone Number

General Motors
2 Chevrolet www.chevrolet.com 1-800-551-4123
Pontiac www.pontiac.com 1-800-551-4123
Oldsmobile www.oldsmobile.com 1-800-551-4123
Buick www.buick.com 1-800-551-4123
Cadillac www.cadillac.com 1-800-333-4CAD
Saturn www.saturn.com 1-800-553-6000
Ford
Ford www.ford.com 1-800-392-3673
Lincoln www.lincoln.com 1-800-392-3673
Mercury www.mercury.com 1-800-392-3673
Chrysler
Chrysler www.chrysler.com 1-800-348-4696
Dodge www.dodge.com 1-800-348-4696
Plymouth Not Available 1-800-348-4696
Eagle Not Available 1-800-348-4696
European Vehicles
Audi www.audi.com 1-800-544-8021
Volkswagon www.vw.com 1-800-544-8021
BMW www.bmw.com 1-201-307-4000
MINI www.mini.com 1-201-307-4000
Jaguar www.jaguar.com 1-800-4-JAGUAR
Volvo www.volvo.com 1-800-458-1552
Mercedes-Benz www.mercedes-benz.com 1-800-367-6372
Land Rover www.landrover.com 1-800-637-6837
Porsche www.porsche.com 1-800-PORSCHE
Saab www.saab.com 1-800-955-9007
Asian Vehicles Web Site Phone Number
Acura www.acura.com 1-800-999-1009
Honda www.honda.com 1-800-999-1009
Lexus www.lexus.com 1-800-255-3987
Scion www.scion.com 1.866.70.SCION
Toyota www.toyota.com 1-800-GO-TOYOTA
2–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Getting Started
Hyundai www.hyundai.com 1-800-633-5151

Infiniti www.infiniti.com 1-800-662-6200
Nissan www.nissanusa.com 1-800-nissan1
Kia www.kia.com 1-800-333-4542
Mazda www.mazda.com 1-800-222-5500
Daewoo www.daewoo.com 1-822-759-2114
Subaru www.subaru.com 1-800-SUBARU3
Isuzu www.isuzu.com 1-800-255-6727
Geo Not Available Not Available
Mitsubishi www.mitsubishi.com 1-888-MITSU2004
Suzuki www.suzukiauto.com 1-800-934-0934
Other Manuals 2
Chilton Book Company www.chiltonsonline.com 1-800-347-7707
Haynes Publications www.haynes.com 1-800-242-4637
Bentley Publishers ‘ www.bentleypublishers.com 1-800-423-4595
Repair Information Programs

Mitchell www.mitchell1.com 1-888-724-6742
ALLDATA www.alldata.com 1-800-697-2533
Suitable Manual Titles

Diagnostic Service Manuals
PowerTrain Codes and Oxygen Sensors
Automotive Emission Control Manual
Fuel Injection
Automotive Electrical Manual
Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Automotive Sensors
Electronic Transmission Control
Emission Control Technology
Engine Management
or similar titles...
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2–5
Getting Started
Introduction to On-Board Diagnostics

OBD I
The original on-board diagnostics (OBD I) lacked consistency in
communication and interface while allowing different interpretations
among vehicle manufacturers. Ford and Chrysler used different types
of engine control computers and data link connectors ( DLCs), and GM
varied the trouble codes and communication protocols from
year-to-year.
OBD II
2
On-board diagnostics version II (OBD II) is a system that the Society of
Automotive Engineers (SAE) developed to standardize automotive
electronic diagnosis.
Beginning in 1996, most new vehicles sold in the United States were
fully OBD II compliant.
✓ Technicians can now use the same tool to test any OBD II
compliant vehicle without special adapters. SAE established
guidelines that provide:
❒ A universal connector, called the DLC, with dedicated pin
assignments.
❒ A standard location for the DLC, visible under the dash on driver’s
side.
❒ A standard list of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) used by all
manufacturers.
❒ A standard list of parameter identification (PID) data used by all
manufacturers.
❒ Ability for vehicle systems to record operating conditions when a
fault occurs.
❒ Expanded diagnostic capabilities that records a code whenever a
condition occurs that affects vehicle emissions.
❒ Ability to clear stored codes from the vehicle’s memory with a
Scan Tool.
2–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Getting Started
SAE Publications
SAE has published hundreds of pages of text defining a standard
communication protocol that establishes hardware, software, and
circuit parameters of OBD II systems. Unfortunately, vehicle
manufacturers have different interpretations of this standard
communications protocol. As a result, the generic OBD II
communications scheme varies, depending on the vehicle. SAE
publishes recommendations, not laws, but the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) and California Air Resources Board (CARB)
made many of SAE’s recommendations legal requirements that vehicle
manufacturers were required to phase in over a three-year period.
Beginning in 1994, vehicles with a new engine management computer 2
( about 10% of each manufacturers fleet ) were supposed to comply
with OBD II standards. For 1995, OBD II systems were to appear on
about 40% of the new vehicles sold in the United States. Some of the
1994-1995 OBD II systems were not fully compliant, so the Government
granted waivers to give manufacturers time to fine-tune their systems.
Beginning in 1996, most of the new vehicles sold in the United States
were fully OBD II compliant.
The tables below highlight changes for GM, Ford, and Chrysler. If this
seems confusing, don’t worry. The Scan Tool makes it easy. Based on
the vehicle identification (VIN) information selected during Scan Tool
setup, the vehicle is automatically recognized. All you have to do is
choose the correct adapter cable and jumper wires (if necessary).
Details on adapter cables and jumper wires may be found in Data LInk
Connector on page 2-9
.
GM On-Board Diagnostics
System Years Description
Most vehicles used the 12-pin ALDL (Assembly Line Data Link)
located under the dash on the driver side. Some 94-95 vehicles
OBD I Control Module 1981–1995 used the 16-pin OBD II (J1962) data link connector (DLC), but
use the Historical application software. Refer to the vehicle’s
Vehicle Emission Control Information label.
OBD II Control Module 1994*-Present Complies with OBD II regulations and uses the J1962 DLC.
* OBD II system is used on certain 1994-1995 vehicles equipped with a 2.2L, 2.3L, 3.8L, 4.3L or 5.7L
engines.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2–7
Getting Started
Ford On-Board Diagnostics

System Long Name Years Description
Used in police vehicles, containing carbureted
MCU Microprocessor Control Unit 1980 –1991
engines. Uses the MCU DLC.
Electronic Engine Control, Most Ford vehicles equipped with North
EEC-IV 1984 –1995
Fourth generation American engines. Uses the EEC-IV DLC.
Mazda Electronic Control Vehicles equipped with Mazda-sourced engines.
MECS 1988 –1995
System Uses MECS 6-pin and 17-pin DLCs.
Electronic Engine Control, Complies with OBD II regulations and uses the
EEC-V 1994* – present
Fifth generation OBD II J1962 DLC.
Powertrain Electronic Complies with OBD II regulations and uses the
PTEC 2000 – present
Controller OBD II J1962 DLC.
2 * EEC-V OBD II system used in 1994-1995 vehicles equipped with a 3.8L or 4.6L engine.
Chrysler On-Board Diagnostics

System Long Name Years Description
Single Module Engine Used a 6-pin Serial Communication Interface (SCI)
SMEC 1989–1990
Controller DLC and has bidirectional capability.
Used two types of DLCs: a 6-pin SCI and a 6-pin LH
Single Board Engine
SBEC 1989*–1995 series.
Controller
The first to allow a tool to reset the EMR light on trucks.
OBD II OBD II Powertrain Complies with OBD II regulations and uses the OBD II
1995**– present
PCM Control Module J1962 DLC.
Complies with OBD II regulations and uses the OBD II
Jeep/Truck Engine J1962 DLC.
JTEC 1996– present
Controller The JTEC system is used on light-duty trucks and
Jeeps
* In 1989, the SBEC system was installed in selected vehicles with 3.0L V6 engines.
** Some vehicles in 1995 were equipped with the OBD II PCM.
2–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Getting Started
Data Link Connector (DLC)

The data link connector (DLC) allows the Scan Tool to communicate
with the vehicle’s computer(s). Before OBD II, manufacturers used
different DLC’s to communicate with the vehicle. use the proper DLC
adapter cable to connect the Scan Tool to the vehicle. Also, the vehicle’s
DLC may be found in several different places and have many different
configurations. The following describes the DLCs used by Ford, GM
and Chrysler. The DLC location and types for domestic vehicles can be
looked up in the charts in Appendix B - Data Link Connectors.
OBD II (J1962) 2
Beginning in 1996, vehicles sold in the United States use the J1962
(OBD II) DLC, a term taken from a physical and electrical specification
number assigned by the SAE (J1962). The DLC should be located
under the dashboard on the driver’s side of the vehicle. If the DLC is not
located under the dashboard as stated, a decal describing its location
should be attached to the dashboard in the area the DLC should have
been located.
Because the OBD II J1962 connector has power and ground, you only
need a single cable connection to the tool for both power and tool
communications. Attach the OBD II adapter cable to the extender cable,
(both supplied with the tool) to connect the tool. Certain pins in the
connector are reserved.
.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2–9
Getting Started
Data Link Connector (DLC) Pins
1 8
1 - Manufacturer Reserved
2 - J1850 Bus+
4 - Chassis Ground
5 - Signal Ground
9 16
6 - CAN High, J-2284
7 - K Line, ISO 9141-2 & ISO/DIS 14230-4
2 9 - Manufacturer Reserved 13 - Manufacturer Reserved
10 - J1850 Bus- 14 - CAN Low, J-2284
11 - Manufacturer Reserved 15 - L Line, ISO 9141-2 & ISO/DIS 14230-4
12 - Manufacturer Reserved 16 - Battery Power
Ford Historic
Ford used three types of DLCs with their OBD I systems. Refer to
Appendix B - Data Link Connectors for the adapter cable needed for
your vehicle.
IMPORTANT Use the cigarette lighter cable to provide power to the

Scan Tool for all systems.
EEC-IV/MCU
The EEC-IV/MCU DLC is a large six-sided connector with a pigtail
connector. The pigtail connector is not used on MCU vehicles – leave
the pigtail unattached. The EEC-IV/MCU cable adapter is included with
the Scan Tool.
Cable Adapter Vehicle DLC

EEC-IV/MCU EEC-IV/MCU
To Scan STI Pigtail

Tool EEC-IV only
2 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Getting Started
MECS
MECS vehicles (1988 –1995) use either a 6-pin (with pigtail) or a 17-pin
DLC. Use the MECS 6-pin adapter cable kit (CP9131) for both
configurations. The MECS adapter cable kit includes jumper wires to
connect to the MECS 17-pin DLC. The MECS adapter cable kit is
optional and must be purchased separately. Use the following diagrams
to connect the adapter cable.
6-Pin MECS
Cable Adapter Vehicle DLC

6-Pin MECS 6-Pin MECS
P/N CP9131
2
To Scan
Tool
Pigtail
4 5 6
1 2 3
STI Pigtail
Clip to good
vehicle ground
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 – 11
Getting Started
17-Pin MECS
Adapter Cable Vehicle DLC

6-Pin MECS 17-Pin MECS
P/N CP9131
To
Scan Tool
STI Pigtail
2 6
4 5
2 3
1
STO
Clip to good
vehicle ground
MECS Ford Probe
Certain Ford Probes have a WHITE TACH

IMPORTANT CONNECTOR located very close to the 6-pin
self-test connector and bundled in the same wiring
harness. This is not the self-test input (STI) pigtail.
Connect the pigtail to the BLACK STI connector located farther back on
the wire harness. If the tool is connected to the WHITE tach connector,
serious damage may result and may void warranty. Refer to the
illustration.
2 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Getting Started
GM Historic
Prior to1996, most GM vehicles used the 12-pin Assembly Line
Diagnostic Link (ALDL) DLC. The GM ALDL cable kit includes the ALDL
adapter and cigarette lighter power cable. This adapter cable is
included with the Scan Tool. In 1994 and 1995, certain GM vehicles
used the J1962 (OBD II) DLC, but are not OBD II compliant. Refer to
Appendix B - Data Link Connectors.
IMPORTANT Use the cigarette lighter cable to provide 12V to the

tool.
2
The ALDL DLCs are usually located ALDL
under the dashboard on the driver’s
side.
On Corvettes and Fieros, the DLC may F E D C B A
be located in the center console behind
G H J K L M
the ashtray. Refer to service manual
for exact location. It may be in full view,
or it may be recessed behind a panel. An opening in the panel should
allow access to the recessed connector.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 – 13
Getting Started
Chrysler Historic
Prior to 1996, most Chrysler vehicles used either the serial
communications interface (SCI) or LH DLC. Refer to Appendix B -
Data Link Connectors for DLC type and location. The SCI adapter
cable is included with the Scan Tool. The LH adapter cable (CP9130)
can be purchased from your dealer.
IMPORTANT Use the cigarette lighter cable to provide 12V to the tool
when using the SCI adapter cable.
2 Serial Communications Interface SCI SCI

The SCI (serial communications interface) DLC
is a 6-pin connector located in the engine
compartment. The adapter cable to be used on
these vehicles is supplied with the tool. This
cable is labeled CHRY on the 15-pin DB style
connector and SCI on the vehicle end.
LH LH (P/N CP9130)
This DLC is used on LH platform vehicles. The
LH style DLC is a small, blue, rectangular 6-pin
connector located in the passenger
compartment below the dashboard to the right of
the steering column.
The LH Adapter Cable (CP9130) is optional and
must be purchased separately.
2 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Getting Started
OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes

(DTCs)
✓ DTCs are used to help determine the cause of a problem or
problems with a vehicle.
❒ DTCs consist of a five-digit alphanumeric code.
❒ The DTCs format and general code types are shown below.
.
P0 1 0 1 2
Bx - Body
Cx - Chassis
Px - Powertrain Specific Fault Designation
Ux - Network Comm.
x = 0, 1, 2 or 3
Vehicle Specific System
Example:
P0101 - Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
Powertrain Codes Body Codes

P0xxx - Generic (SAE) B0xxx - Generic (SAE)
P1xxx - Manufacturer Specific B1xxx - Manufacturer Specific
P2xxx - Generic (SAE) B2xxx - Manufacturer Specific
P30xx-P33xx - Manufacturer Specific B3xxx - Generic (SAE)
P34xx-P39xx - Generic (SAE) Network Communication Codes
Chassis Codes U0xxx - Generic (SAE)
C0xxx - Generic (SAE) U1xxx - Manufacturer Specific
C1xxx - Manufacturer Specific U2xxx - Manufacturer Specific
C2xxx - Manufacturer Specific U3xxx - Generic (SAE)
C3xxx - Generic (SAE)
Within each category (Powertrain, Chassis, Body and Network) of

DTCs there are assigned ranges for different vehicle systems.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 – 15
Getting Started
Lower Upper Assigned DTC System Lower Upper Assigned DTC System
P0000 P00FF Fuel Air Metering Auxiliary Manufacturer Control
Emission Controls P1600 P16FF Auxiliary Inputs Auxiliary
P0100 P02FF Fuel Air Metering Outputs
P0300 P03FF Ignition System or Misfire P1700 P19FF Manufacturer Control
P0400 P04FF Auxiliary Emission Controls Transmission
Fuel Air Metering Auxiliary
P0500 P05FF Vehicle Speed Idle Control P2000 P22FF
emission Controls
Auxiliary Inputs
Computer and Auxiliary P2300 P23FF Ignition System or Misfire
P0600 P06FF P2400 P24FF Auxiliary Emission Controls
Outputs
P0700 P09FF Transmission P2500 P25FF Auxiliary Inputs
P0A00 P0AFF Hybrid Propulsion Computer and Auxiliary
P2600 P26FF
2 Manufacturer Control Fuel & Outputs
P1000 P10FF Air Metering, Auxiliary P2700 P27FF Transmission
Emission Controls Fuel Air Metering Auxiliary
P2900 P32FF
Emission Controls
P1100 P12FF Manufacturer Control Fuel &
Air Metering P3300 P33FF Ignition System
Manufacturer Control Ignition P3400 P34FF Cylinder Deactivation
P1300 P13FF
System or Misfire
U0000 U00FF Network Electrical
Manufacturer Control
P1400 P14FF Auxiliary emission Controls U0100 U02FF Network Communication
Manufacturer Cntrl Veh.Spd. U0300 U03FF Network Software
P1500 P15FF Idle Speed Control Auxiliary U0400 U04FF Network Data
Inputs
✓ J2012 and ISO 15031-6 are standards for all DTCs, established by
the SAE, International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and
other governing bodies.
❒ Codes and definitions assigned by these specifications are
known as Generic OBD II codes.
❒ OBD II requires compliance to these standards for all cars, light
trucks, APVs, MPVs, and SUVs sold in the United States.
❒ Codes not reserved by the SAE are reserved for the
manufacturer and referred to as Manufacturer Specific Codes.
2 – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 3 – Using The Scan Tool
The Scan Tool

1 LCD Display – backlit, 128 x 64 pixel display with contrast adjustment.
2 UP and DOWN arrow keys – moves selection UP or DOWN.
3 ENTER key – selects displayed items.
4 LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys – selects YES or NO, and selects data
parameters for custom data list.
5 BACK key – goes to the previous screen or level.
6 ON/OFF key – turns power ON or OFF.
7 HELP key – accesses the Help Function.
8 USER key - allows the operator to access a feature from the Diagnostic 3
Menu with a touch of a key.
9 DLC Cable – provides connection for vehicle interface.
10 USB Port – provides a USB connection for the computer.
11 12V Power Jack– provides power to the Scan Tool when reprogramming
from a personal computer, communicating with Ford, GM and Chrysler
Historic vehicles, or off-vehicle reviewing of codes and printing.
12 Serial Number Plate – provides serial number of Scan Tool.
13 Battery Compartment – provides power to the Scan Tool when
reprogramming from a personal computer or off-vehicle reviewing of codes
and printing.
Top of Scan Tool
10 9
2 11
7 Back of Scan Tool
3
12
4 4
13
8
5
6 2
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3–1
Using The Scan Tool
Specifications
Display: Backlit, 128 x 64 pixel display with contrast adjust
Operating Temperature: 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F)
Storage Temperature: -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F)
Internal Power: 9V Battery
External Power: 7 to 16 Volts
✓ A minimum of 8.0 V is required for most control modules to operate

properly in a vehicle.
3
Power Dissipation: 5 Watts maximum.
Dimensions: Height Width Length

1.25" 3.875" 9.125"
31.75 mm 98.4 mm 231.8 mm
3–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Using The Scan Tool
Included with Scan Tool

Table 1: Included with Scan Tool
Part Part Description
CD The CD contains the Manual in English, French

and Spanish. The CD also includes a DTC lookup
program for looking up DTCs, and language appli-
cations for reprogramming the Scan Tool in Span-
ish and French.
USB Cable Used to print and upgrade software depending on

tool.
OBD II Cable Communicate between the vehicle and tool. Also 3

supplies power to the tool.
Carry Case Place to store the Scan Tool when tool is not in use.
Warranty & Registra- Provides you with the ability to keep up to date
tion Card with the newest updates and technology available.
GM Historic Cable Used to communicate with all GM vehicles using a

12-pin DLC.
Ford EEC-IV/MCU Used to communicate with all Ford vehicles that

Cable use the large 6-sided connector.
Chrysler SCI Cable Used to communicate with all Chrysler vehicles

using the L-shaped 6-pin connector located in the
engine compartment.
Extension Cable Used to attach the GM Historic cable, Ford EEC-

IV/MCU cable or Chrysler SCI cable to the Scan
Tool.
Cigarette Lighter Cable Provides power to the Scan Tool for vehicles that
require the Ford EEC-IV/MCU cable, GM Historic
cable or Chrysler SCI cable.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3–3
Using The Scan Tool
✓ Replacement Parts are available from the manufacturer by

contacting customer service.
• Phone at 1-800-228-7667 (8:00 - 6:00 EST Monday - Friday)
Display
The display has a large viewing area displaying messages, instructions,
and diagnostic information.
✓ The back-lit liquid crystal display (LCD) is a 128 x 64 pixel display.

❒ Characters used to help operate the Scan Tool are:
` Indicates cursor location.
✓ Indicates information is available for an item or multiple items.
3 ? Indicates when Help is available.
] Indicates additional information is available on previous screen
by using the UP arrow key.
[ Indicates additional information is available on next screen by
using the DOWN arrow key.
Indicates internal batteries need replaced or are not installed.

Indicates beeper is enabled.
Indicates graphical viewing available.
Main Menu
Global OBD II ?
Domestic Vehicles
European Vehicles
Asian Vehicles
Review Data
Print Data
System Setup
Keypad
The keypad is used to move through the different menus of the Scan
Tool. The Scan Tool’s software is designed for ease in operating and
navigating through menus.
Do not use solvents such as alcohol to clean keypad

! CAUTION or display. Use a mild nonabrasive detergent and a
soft cotton cloth.
3–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Using The Scan Tool
Do not soak keypad as water might find its way

! CAUTION inside the Scan Tool.
Power
✓ Refer to Scan Tool Does Not Power Up in section 9
Troubleshooting on page 9-2 if there are problems.
✓ ON/OFF button on Scan Tool turns

tool on and off.
❒ Press and hold ON/OFF key for at
least 1 second to turn on Scan Tool.
3
Internal Battery
✓ When powered from the internal battery,
the Scan Tool disables the display’s
backlighting and turns OFF after a period of inactivity.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3–5
Using The Scan Tool
✓ Each time the Scan Tool is

powered up, voltage of the internal Main Menu
battery is checked. Global OBD II
Domestic Vehicles
❒ If voltage is low, the Low European Vehicles
Asian Vehicles
Battery Symbol ( ) displays Review Data
on screen. Print Data
System Setup
❒ Replace the battery using
instructions provided in Battery
Replacement.
3 If the Scan Tool will not be used for an extended

! CAUTION period of time, remove the battery to prevent battery
leakage from damaging the battery compartment.
Vehicle Power
When using the OBD II Cable, the power to
the Scan Tool comes from the vehicle DLC.
Diagnostic
Connector
Some vehicle cigarette lighters are not

powered when the ignition is in the OFF
position. Therefore, you may wish to use
battery clip adapters.
3–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Using The Scan Tool
AC Power Adapter
An AC power adapter (not included) can be used to power the Scan Tool
when reprogramming from a personal computer or for off-vehicle
reviewing of codes and printing.12V AC-DC converters are available at
most PC and electronic stores.
✓ The Scan Tool is equipped to accept any

110 VAC - 12 VDC wall adapter with the GND 12 V
following specifications:
❒ 500 mA minimum current unregulated wall power adapter
❒ 5.5 mm outside diameter
❒ 2.5 mm inside diameter
❒ The inside tip is positive (+)
3
Scan Tool Power UP
1. Connect Power Source
• Internal Battery (9V Battery), or vehicle Power DLC
• AC Adapter, or cigarette lighter cable.
2. Press and Hold ON/OFF key

• For 1 second until the Scan Tool turns on.
System Setup
✓ System Setup allows:
❒ Measurement units to be changed.
❒ Display contrast to be changed.
❒ Auto-Power off time to be changed.
❒ Scan Tool information to be viewed.
❒ Display to be checked.
❒ Operation of the keypad to be checked.
❒ Memory of the tool to be checked.
❒ Scan Tool to be upgraded, or programmed for a different
language.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3–7
Using The Scan Tool
✓ System Setup settings remain until internal battery becomes

discharged or is removed.
From Main Menu:

1.Select System Setup.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Main Menu
key until System Setup is Global OBD II ?
Domestic Vehicles
highlighted. European Vehicles
•Press ENTER. Asian Vehicles
Review Data
Print Data
System Setup
3
Changing Measurement Units
✓ English is the default measurement unit.
✓ Measurement units can be changed in View and Record Data.
From System Setup screen:

1.Select English/Metric.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow System Setup
key until English/Metric is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
highlighted. Be eper
•Press ENTER. Auto Power Off
Tool Information

Display Test
Keyboard Test
3–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Using The Scan Tool
2.Select Desired
Measurement Unit. Measurement Units
•Use UP or DOWN arrow English (Default)
English/Metric
Metric
key until desired unit is
highlighted.
3.Save Measurement Setting.

•Press ENTER.
3
✓ Press ENTER again to return to the

System Setup menu.
Changing Display Contrast

From System Setup screen:
1.Select Contrast Adjust.
key until Display Contrast is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Display Contrast
Tool Information

Display Test
Keyboard Test
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3–9
Using The Scan Tool
2.Increase or Decrease
Display Contrast. Adjust Contrast
•Use UP arrow key to
increase Contrast. 50%
Darken
•Use DOWN arrow key to Lighten
decrease Contrast. Press ENTER
when done.
3.Save Contrast Setting

and return to the System
Setup menu.
3 •Press ENTER.
Beeper
✓ Beeper selection allows the user to turn off the Scan Tool’s beeper.
The bell symbol
will not appear in the lower right hand corner of
the display when the beeper is off.
From System Setup menu:
3 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
1.Select Beeper.
• Use UP or DOWN System Setup
arrow key until Beeper is English/Metric ?
highlighted. Contrast Adjust
Be eper
• Press ENTER. Auto Power Off
Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
2.Select desired Beeper sound

choice. Be eper Sound
• Use UP or DOWN On (Default)
English/Me
Off
arrow key until desired choice 3
is highlighted.
3.Save Beeper sound setting.

• Press ENTER.
✓ Press ENTER again to return to the System Setup menu.
Changing Auto-Power Off

The Auto-Power Off feature allows the tool to turn off automatically after
a selected amount of time when tool is not being used.

1.Select Auto Power Off.
key until Auto Power Off is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 11
Using The Scan Tool
2.Increase or Decrease Auto

Power Off Time. Auto Power Off
•Use UP arrow key to
15 Minutes
increase Time.
Increase Time
•Use DOWN arrow key to Decrease Time
decrease Time.
Press ENTER when done.
3.Save Auto Power Off Time.

•Press ENTER.
✓ Press ENTER again to return to the

System Setup menu.
View Tool Information

✓ This function allows you to view specific tool information that may
be needed when contacting customer service.

1.Select Tool Information.
key until Tool Information is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
3 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
2.View Information:
❒ Serial Number (Serial No:) Tool Information
❒ Software ID (SW ID:) Serial No: 10002076
SW ID: 0A46H
❒ Hardware Version HW Ver: 1
(HW Ver:) Boot Ver: 1
Prod ID: 5
❒ Boot Version (Boot Ver:) Board ID: 11
Burn Date: 04/25/04
❒ Product ID (Prod ID:)
❒ Board ID (Board ID:)
❒ Burn Date (Burn Date:)
❒ Burn Location (Burn Loc:)
3.Write Down Scan Tool Information.

• Space is provided on inside front cover to record the Scan Tool 3
information.
4.Return to Setup Tool Menu.

•Use the BACK key.
OR
•Use the ENTER Key.
Display Test
The Display Test is used to check the display.
✓ The test fills every pixel of the display with a solid black character.

1.Select Display Test.
key until Display Test is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Auto Power Off
Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 13
Using The Scan Tool
2. Start Display Test.

•Press ENTER.
3. Look for Missing Spots.

• All characters display in solid black if
there are no concerns.
• Screen flips back and forth between
screens shown below.
3
Display Test
Press Back
to Quit
Check for missing

spots in the display
4. When Done, Press BACK Key.
3 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
Keyboard Test
The Keyboard Test is used to verify keys are working correctly.

1.Select Keyboard Test.
key until Keyboard Test is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
test
3
2. Press a KEY.
• Key name or scroll direction should
inverse colors on display.
• The only exception is the BACK
key. When BACK key is pressed,
System Setup menu returns.
✓ If System Setup menu does not return,

then BACK key is not working
correctly.
Memory Test
✓ The Memory Test will test RAM and Flash ROM.
✓ Run the Memory Test if the tool has trouble:

❒ Playing back recorded data.
❒ Displaying trouble code definitions.
❒ Doing any function that uses internal memory.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 15
Using The Scan Tool

1.Select Memory Test.
key until Memory Test is Contrast Adjust
Be eper
highlighted. Auto Power Off
•Press ENTER. Tool Information
Display Test
Keyboard Test
Memory Test
✓ Dots along the bottom of the

screen show progress of the Memory Test
Memory Test. RAM Pass
❒ Memory Test may take ROM FAIL 1234

3 several minutes to complete. ............
❒ Memory Test results display.
❒ If no problems were
detected, then PASS is dis-
played
❒ If RAM fails, an error message is shown.
❒ If ROM fails, a checksum is shown.
2. Return to System Setup menu.

•Press ENTER.
3 – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
Program Mode
The Program Mode is used for
reprogramming the Scan Tool with System Setup
English, Spanish or French Be eper
languages. The Scan Tool is Auto Power Off
Tool Information
programmed with English by Display Test
default. Keyboard Test
Memory Test
Program Mode
The Program Mode is also used for

updating the Scan Tool. Instructions
are provided with upgrades.
3
Connecting The Scan Tool
To diagnose a vehicle, connect the DLC and power adapter (if
applicable) to the Scan Tool. Refer to “Data Link Connector (DLC)” on
page 2-9 of Getting Started.
If you just want to power up the tool to do self-tests, code lookup, review
or printing data from the last vehicle tested, then you do not need to
attach the cable to the DLC. The internal battery provides power for this.
1.Connect appropriate cable to Scan

Tool
•Make sure pins are not bent.
✓ Depending on vehicle, either the OBD II

Cable or Extension Cable is required.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 17
Using The Scan Tool
2.Find DLC on vehicle.

•For OBD II vehicles, look
under the dashboard on the
driver’s side of the vehicle.
•If the DLC is not located
under the dashboard, a
label should be there telling
the location.
For GM, Ford, and Chrysler Historic vehicles refer to “Appendix B - Data
Link Connectors".
3.Remove DLC cover if required.
3 4.Connect cable to vehicle.

•Make sure pins are not bent.
Diagnostic
Connector
✓ Use the appropriate vehicle cable for

vehicles that require the extension cable.
Review Data
✓ The Review Data function allows the user to view the information
from the previous vehicle tested.
✓ Scan Tool does not require power from the vehicle to use the
Review Data function.
1. Select Review Data.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Main Menu
key until Review Data is Global OBD II
Domestic Vehicles
highlighted. European Vehicles
•Press ENTER. Asian Vehicles
Review Data
Print Data
System Setup
3 – 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
✓ Scan Tool Review Data function has different types of data to review
depending on vehicle selected.
Refer to appropriate section of this manual for what functions have data
for review.
2.Follow prompts and instructions provided by Scan Tool.
✓ The Review Data menu shows a

checkmark next to the item(s) that Review Data
has data. I/M Readiness
Read Codes
Pending Codes
Fre eze Data
✓ If data does not exist for function O2 Monitor Test
Diag Mon Test
3
selected to review, a message Playback
informs the user to run a function
first.
✓ Only 1 function, Playback, needs detailed instructions.

Playback
The Playback function is used to playback a recording.
✓ This function is very similar to View Data. The only difference is that
View Data is real time viewing of PIDs, while Playback is a viewing
of previously recorded PIDs.
From the Review Data menu:

1.Select Playback.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Review Data
key until Playback is Fre eze Frame
State OBD Check
highlighted. O2 Monitor Test
Diag Mon Tests
Playback
✓ Scan Tool displays a NO Vehicle Info
Modules Present
RECORDING PRESENT
message if recording does not
exist.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 19
Using The Scan Tool
2. Play Back Recording.

•Press ENTER.
✓ On GM Historic and Ford Historic

vehicles, you must select the data to
playback as an Entire Data List or
Custom Data List.
3 ✓ The Playback has frame number

and timestamp (in seconds). MIL STATUS ON
ABS TPS(%) 100
❒ Negative frames and ENGINE (RPM) 688
timestamps indicate data A/F RATIO 14:1
CALC LOAD 83.1
recorded before trigger event.
❒ Positive frames and
FRAME:0 TM 0.0
timestamps indicate data
recorded after trigger event.
❒ Use UP or DOWN arrow
keys to view recorded PID data of each frame.
❒ Use LEFT or RIGHT arrow keys to scroll back and forth
through frames.
❒ If graphing is available for

selected PID, the “ ”, icon is ABS TPS (%) 59%
located on the side of the 100+

screen.
– Press ENTER to view
graph.
ENTER again to return 0 +

– Press
FRAME:0 TM 0.0
to Playback.
Note: Graphing is only available on 1996 and newer vehicles

equipped with an OBD II (J1962) connector.
✓ The triangle below the graph indicates the position of the frame in
the graph.
❒ Use LEFT or RIGHT arrow keys to scroll back and forth
through graph.
3 – 20 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
✓ Different vehicles communicate at different speeds and support a

different number of PIDs. Therefore, the maximum number of frames
that can be recorded varies.
✓ Some vehicles wait a long period of time to store a DTC after a

driveability problem occurs. If the operator selected Trigger On Codes
when making a recording, the operator might not see any drastic
change in data parameters before and after trigger point.
3.Return to Review Data menu.

•Press BACK.
Print Data
The Print Data function allows the printing of diagnostic information
stored in the Scan Tool.
✓ Scan Tool Print Data function has different types of data to print,
depending on vehicle selected. Refer to appropriate section of this
manual for what functions have data to print.
✓ The Scan Tool’s internal battery power can be used to print data.
✓ Make sure you have previously installed the PC software in Using the
CD.
✓ Launch Scanning Suite and then start printing application.
✓ Follow all instructions on PC.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 21
Using The Scan Tool
From Special Tests menu:
1. Select Print Data.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Special Test Menu
key until Print Data is Diag Mon Tests
highlighted. On Board Systems
Vehicle Info
•Press ENTER. Modules Present
Review Data
Print Data
✓ On the Print Menu, Print All prints all data collected by the Scan Tool.
3 ✓ When printing playback data, Start Frame and End Frame need to be
defined.
2.Select Data To Be Printed.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Print Menu
key. Print All
I/M Readiness
ENTER.

•Press Read Codes
Pending Codes
Fre eze Data
✓ The Print Menu shows a check O2 Monitor Test
Diag Mon Tests
mark next to the item(s) that has
data.
3 – 22 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
✓ When selected data does not exist in the Scan Tool’s memory, a
message informs the user to run the function.
3.Return to Select Print Data screen.

•Press ENTER.
Code Lookup
Code Lookup is used to look up definitions of DTCs stored in the Scan
Tool.
✓ The Scan Tool does not require power from the vehicle to perform this
function.
1. Select Code Lookup.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Global Function List
key until Code Lookup is Datastream ?
Diagnostic Codes
highlighted. Special Tests
•Press ENTER. Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
Tool Setup
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 23
Using The Scan Tool
2.Enter code.
•All characters must be entered Code Lookup
•Only one character can be P
P0001
changed at a time. Press & to
change selected digit
•Use LEFT or RIGHT Press & to
arrow keys to scroll to desired select another digit
Press ENTER to view
character.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow
keys to change selected
character.
• Press ENTER.
✓ On GM Historic, Ford Historic and Chrysler vehicles the MIL (Blinky)

3 code may also be entered.
✓ Chrysler and GM vehicles may have an additional screen asking in

which system to look for a code.
✓ If definition could not be found (SAE or Enhanced), the Scan Tool

displays No DTC Definition Found. See Service Manual. If the DTC is
manufacturer specific the DTC is assigned to display. Refer to the
vehicle service manual for exact definition.
3 – 24 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
✓ To View Previous or Next DTC use

UP or DOWN arrow key.
P1575
Warning Buzzer
Malfunction
✓ To enter another DTC, press BACK.
✓ Press BACK again to return to menu

from which Code Lookup was selected.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 25
Using The Scan Tool
Setup User Key

The USER KEY allows the operator to
read or erase codes with the touch of a key.
✓ The User Key can only be used when the

Scan Tool is in a vehicle specific
Function List or a sub menu.
From Tool Setup Menu:

3 1.Select Setup User Key.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Tool Setup Menu
key until Setup User Key is English/Metric
Contrast Adjust
Setup User Key
•Press ENTER.
2.Choose desired setting(s).

•Use UP or DOWN arrow User Key Setup
keys to move up and down list. Read Codes
Erase Codes
3.Press ENTER key to save

settings. User Key Setup
User key is set to

Read Codes.
Press ENTER
to continue.
3 – 26 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
Vehicle Selection
From Main Menu:
1.Select desired vehicle to
diagnose. Main Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Global OBD II
Domestic Vehicles
key to highlight. European Vehicles
❒ Global OBD II Asian Vehicles
Review Data
❒ Domestic Vehicles Print Data
❒ European Vehicles System Setup
❒ Asian Vehicles
•Press ENTER.
✓ If vehicle displayed is not the vehicle being diagnosed select 3

CHANGE and go to step 3.
2.Confirm selection.
•Use LEFT or RIGHT Confirm Selection
arrow keys.
2002 Corvette
•Press ENTER. S=5.7L
<KEEP> CHANGE
✓ If keeping the selected vehicle select KEEP and press ENTER.

You will then arrive at the appropriate function list for the selected
vehicle.
✓ If changing the selected vehicle, select CHANGE and press
ENTER, then go to step 3.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 27
Using The Scan Tool
3. Select erase data stored in

the tool from the previous Select New Vehicle
vehicle tested or not. Selecting a new
•Use LEFT or RIGHT vehicle erases data
from previous vehicles
arrow key. Continue?
•Press ENTER. <YES> NO
✓ On GM vehicles the tool may require you to look at the VIN to

determine the Series, Model, Engine Size and more.
❒ For example a GM Tahoe may be considered a K1500 series.
3 GM Typical VIN
VIN Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Chassis Type
Line Chassis
Engine Type
Model Year
Series
Description of Number
✓ If Domestic, Asian or European Vehicles is selected, the tool may

ask for the following information:
❒ Manufacturer
❒ Car/Truck
❒ Year
❒ Make
❒ Model
❒ Engine
❒ Special Information
•Use LEFT or RIGHT Confirm Selection
arrow key.
2002 Corvette
•Press ENTER. S=5.7L
<KEEP> CHANGE
3 – 28 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Using The Scan Tool
✓ The following screen only displays when power comes from

vehicle.
5. Follow Instructions on the

display. Turn Key Off
•Turn vehicle key off for 10 Please turn the
key off for
seconds. 10 seconds then
•Turn vehicle key back to the on turn the key on.
Press ENTER
position. to continue.
•Press ENTER on the Scan
Tool.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 – 29
Using The Scan Tool
3 – 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 4 – Global OBD II Diagnostics
✓ The first time the scan tool links to the vehicle, the communication
protocol is automatically detected, and is used until the Scan Tool is
turned off or another vehicle is diagnosed.
✓ If an Error Message displays, make sure the OBDII connector is

attached, and the ignition key is on. Cycle ignition key to off for 10
seconds, then on. This may be required to reset computer. If required,
select yes to try again. If problem still exists, refer to“Error Messages”
on page 9-2 of Troubleshooting .
✓ The Scan Tool keeps all data received from the last vehicle
selected until any of the following occurs:
❒ A new vehicle is selected.
4
❒ The internal 9V battery is discharged or has been removed.
❒ Scan Tool is flash programmed to update software, or to change
language.
❒ Data from last vehicle tested is erased.
✓ On initial link to vehicle, Scan Tool checks the status of I/M Monitors
no matter which function is selected.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4–1
Global OBD II Diagnostics
Global Function List

Items marked with “-” are covered in section 3 of this
IMPORTANT manual. These items are not covered in this section.
✓ The Global Function List is

broken down into the following Global Function List
menus: Datastream
Diagnostic Codes
❒ Datastream Menu Special Tests
Review Data
❒ View Data Print Data
❒ Record Data Code Lookup
Tool Setup
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
❒ Diagnostic Codes Menu

44 ❒ Read Codes
❒ Pending Codes
❒ Erase Codes
❒ View Freeze Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
❒ Special Tests Menu

❒ I/M Readiness
❒ Drive Cycle Monitor
❒ State OBD Check
❒ O2 Monitor Test
❒ Diagnostic Monitor Test
❒ On-Board Systems
❒ Vehicle Information
❒ Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
4 – 2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•I/M Readiness
•State OBD Check
•DTC (Codes)
•Pending Codes
•Freeze Frame
•O2 Monitor Test
•Diag Monitor Tests
•Playback
•Vehicle Info
•Modules Present
✓ For Global OBD II Diagnostics, The above functions have data to
review or print. For Print/Review instructions, refer to “Print Data” or
“Review Data” on page 3-21 of Using The Scan Tool.
– Code Lookup
4
– Tool Setup Menu
– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
Datastream Menu
❒ Datastream Menu
❒ View Data
❒ Record Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4–3
View Data
The View Data function allows real time viewing of the vehicle’s
computer module’s PID data. As the computer monitors the vehicle,
information is simultaneously transmitted to scan tool.
✓ View data allows the following items to be viewed on the scan tool:
❒ Sensor data
❒ Operation of switches
❒ Operation of solenoids
❒ Operation of relays
✓ View data can be shown as:

❒ Entire Data List
❒ Custom Data List
44
✓ Apart from Read Codes, View Data is the most useful diagnostic
function for isolating the cause of a vehicle operation problem.
From Datastream Menu:
1. Select View Data.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Datastream Menu
key until View Data is View Data ?
Record Data
highlighted. Review Data
•Press ENTER. Print Data
Tool Setup

2. Observe while Scan Tool

validates PID MAP. Validating PID Map
Validating PID list
PID xx of yy.
--- Please wait ---
4 – 4• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ Multiple PIDs may be sent if vehicle is equipped with more than one
computer module (for example a powertrain control module [PCM]
and a transmission control module [TCM]). The Scan Tool identifies
them by their identification names (ID) assigned by manufacturer (i.e.
$10 or $1A).
✓ If one or more control module stops responding, the Scan Tool

displays a message.
❒ If continuing, dashes will replace data in right hand column.
❒ If no is selected, then the Scan Tool attempts to re-establish
communication with that module.
View Entire List.

✓ View Entire List shows all supported PID data for the vehicle being
tested.
4
From Select Data to View menu:
1. Select Entire Data List.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Select Data to View
key until Entire Data List is Entire Data List
Custom Data List
highlighted. Customize Lines
•Press ENTER. English / Metric
2. View PIDs on Scan Tool.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow A/C PRESS (psi) 15.5
key. A/C PRESS (V) 3.00
A/F RATIO 14:1
BARO PRESS ("Hg) 29.9
ABSLT TPS (%) 12.2
ENGINE (RPM) 2352
CALC LOAD (%) 83.1
MAF (LB/M) 0.57
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4–5
If the icon displays while a PID is

selected press ENTER to view
graph.
✓ Graphing is only available on

1996 and newer vehicles using an
OBD II (J1962) DLC.
3. Return to PID Screen.

•Press BACK.
4. Return to Select Data to View

Menu.
•Press BACK.
44 5. Return to Datastream Menu.

•Press BACK.
Custom List Select

✓ The Custom Data List allows certain PIDs from the View Entire Data
List, such as those PIDs that apply to a specific driveability symptom
or system, to be selected.

1. Select Custom List Select.
key until Custom Data List is Entire Data List
Custom Data List
4 – 6• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Select View Instructions or

Not. Custom Setup
•Use LEFT or RIGHT View instructions for
creating custom data
arrow key. list?
•Press ENTER.
<Yes> <No>
3. Select PIDs to View.

•Use UP or DOWN Custom Setup
RIGHT arrow keys to move up MIL ($10) #3
MIL ($18)
($10)
and down list TPS ($10)
• The RIGHT arrow selects TPS
ENGINE
($18)
($10) #1
or deselects data parameter. ENGINE ($18) #2
All selected data values are CALC LOAD (%)
marked with ✓ symbol.

•The LEFT arrow deselects 4
all marked data parameters.
• The key starts recording data, or displaying selected data
parameters.
•The numbers to the right are the order that the PIDs were picked
and will be displayed. This feature is not available on GM and Ford
Historic vehicles.
✓ Selected PIDs are kept until:
❒ Another vehicle is selected.
❒ You erase data stored in the Scan Tool from the previous vehicle
tests.
key. A/C PRESS (V) 3.00
A/F RATIO 14:1
ABSLT TPS (%) 12.2
ENGINE (RPM) 2352
CALC LOAD (%) 83.1
MAF (LB/M) 0.57
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4–7
✓ If the icon displays while a PID

is selected press to view ABS TPS (%) 59%
graph. Press BACK key to 100+
Return to PID Screen.
✓ Graphing is only available on 0 +

1996 and newer vehicles using an
OBD II (J1962) DLC.
5. Return to Select Data to View

Menu.
•Press BACK.
6. Return to Datastream Menu.

44 •Press BACK.
Customize Lines
✓ The Customize Lines allows the number of lines to be shown at one
time to be set from 1 to 8.
✓ Selecting fewer lines provides faster update speeds. The default is a

eight-line display.

1. Select Customize Lines.
key until Customize Lines is Entire Data List
Custom Data List
4 – 8• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Select Display Lines.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Select Display Lines
key. 1 Line
2 Lines
•Press ENTER. 3 Lines
4 Lines
5 Lines
6 Lines
7 Lines
Changing Measurement Units

✓ Refer to “Changing Measurement Units” on page 3-8 of Using The
Scan Tool.
Record Data 4
✓ The Record Data function records PIDs while vehicle is parked or
being driven.
✓ The Record Data function is mainly used for diagnosing intermittent

driveability problems that cannot be isolated by any other method.
✓ The recording time varies. A recording consists of frames of data prior

to the trigger and several frames after the trigger.
✓ Some vehicles wait a long period of time to store a trouble code after
a driveability problem occurs. If the operator selected Trigger On
Codes when making a recording, the operator might not see any
drastic change in the data parameters before and after trigger point.
Two people must be in vehicle when driving. One to

! CAUTION drive and the other to operate the Scan Tool.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4–9
From Datastream Menu:

1. Select Record Data.
key until Record Data is View Data ?
Record Data

✓ Follow all instructions on display.

✓ The ScanTool can maintain only one recording. Make sure to
thoroughly review old recording before erasing.
44
✓ If a recording currently exists in
memory, a message prompting to Record Data
erase data is displayed. Previous recording
in memory. Do you
want to erase it and
make a new one?
<Yes> <No>
✓ Scan Tool validates list of global PIDs from vehicle.
2. Refer to View Data to setup Custom List or View Entire List.
✓ There are 2 types of trigger methods used:

❒ Manual Trigger - allows operator to use the ENTER key to
start recording.
❒ Trigger On Codes - automatically triggers when a diagnostic
trouble code (DTC) is detected by vehicle.
✓ Trigger on Codes is not available on all vehicles.
4 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3. From the Pick Trigger

Method Screen. Pick Trigger Method
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Manual Trigger
Trigger on Codes
key until desired trigger
method is highlighted.
•Press ENTER.
✓ When trigger event (either a DTC or a Press of the ENTER key)

occurs, time is recorded and data is saved.
Record Data Record Data

Waiting for trouble Ready to record.
code to trigger Press Enter
start of recording. to start recording.
4
Press BACK Press BACK
to exit. to exit.
✓ Data continues to be saved until

either: Record Data
❒ Record memory is full. **Recording Data**

❒ Operator presses ENTER .
Frame xx of yy.
Press ENTER
to stop.
✓ Scan Tool recording times vary. A recording consists of frames of data

prior to trigger and several frames after trigger.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 11
4. After recording, Scan Tool

displays a prompt to Record Data
Playback Data.
Playback Data?
• Answer No to return to
Datastream Menu.
•Answer Yes to display <Yes> <No>
recorded data.
❒Refer to Playback from
Review Data and press
ENTER .
Diagnostic Codes Menu

44
❒ Read Codes
❒ Pending Codes
❒ Erase Codes
❒ View Freeze Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function allows the Scan Tool to read the DTCs from
the vehicle’s control modules. DTCs are used to help determine the
cause of a problem or problems with a vehicle. These codes cause the
control module to illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
when emission-related or driveability fault occurs. MIL is also known
as service engine soon or check engine lamp.
4 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ Read Codes can be done with the key on engine off (KOEO) or with
the key on engine running (KOER).
From Diagnostic Codes Menu:

1. Select Read Codes.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Diagnostic Codes Menu
key until Read Codes is Read Codes
Pending Codes
highlighted. Erase Codes
•Press ENTER. View Fre eze Data
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
✓ If no DTCs are present a message stating System Pass: No Faults

Detected is displayed.
4
2. View and write down DTCs.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow key.
❒ In the example shown module

(MOD) $18 is reporting the 1 of 3
DTCs. P0113 MOD $18
IAT Sensor 1
Circuit High Input
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 13
3. Return to Diagnostic Codes Menu.

• Press BACK.
Pending Codes
Pending Codes are also referred to as continuous monitor or maturing
codes. An intermittent fault causes the control module to store a code
44 in memory. If the fault does not occur within a certain number of
warm-up cycles (depending on vehicle), the code clears from memory.
If fault occurs a specific number of times, the code matures into a DTC
and the MIL illuminates or blinks. This function can be used with KOEO
or KOER
The Pending Codes function is used to read any pending codes which
may be currently set.
✓ Pending Codes may be set by emission related powertrain

components and systems.
✓ Pending Codes faults do not automatically indicate a faulty

component or system.
4 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
From the Diagnostic Codes Menu:

1. Select Pending Codes
key until Pending Codes is Read Codes
Pending Codes
highlighted Erase Codes
Review Data

Print Data
Code Lookup
✓ If no Pending Codes are present a message stating System Pass:

No Faults Detected is displayed. (Do not mistake this message. It
refers only to Pending Codes and is not a warning of DTCs.)
2. If Pending Codes are Present.

4
•View and write down codes using
UP or DOWN arrow key.
✓ See “Read Codes” on page 4-12 for

details of how DTCs are shown.

• Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 15
Erase Codes
The Erase Codes function deletes DTCs and I/M Readiness data from
vehicle’s control module(s). Perform this function with KOEO. Do not
start the engine.
✓ The Erase Codes function may also erase View Freeze Data, O2
Monitor Test, and Diagnostic Monitor Test results depending on
vehicle.
✓ The Erase Codes function sets monitors to inc.
✓ Perform Erase Codes function only after systems have been

checked completely and DTCs have been written down.
✓ After servicing the vehicle, erase stored DTCs and verify no codes
44 have been reset. If a DTC returns, problem has not been fixed or other
faults are present.
✓ Depending on which monitor sets a code the vehicle may need to be

driven and the monitor ran before concluding that the fault is repaired.

1. Select Erase Codes.
key until Erase Codes is Read Codes
Pending Codes
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
4 – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ If diagnostic results and codes are

not to be erased select No and Erase Codes
press ENTER. Are you sure you
want to erase
diagnostic results
and codes?
Yes No
•Selecting No displays a Com-

mand Cancelled message Erase Codes
prompting to press
ENTER to return to Command
cancelled
Diagnostic Codes Menu.
Press ENTER
to continue.
4
2. Select Yes to erase
diagnostic results and Erase Codes
codes. Are you sure you
•Use LEFT arrow key. want to erase
diagnostic results
•Press ENTER. and codes?
Yes No
3. Prepare Vehicle.
•Turn key on. Erase Codes
•Leave engine off.
Turn key on
•Press ENTER. with engine off.
Press ENTER
to continue.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 17
4. Observe Command Sent message

is displayed.
•Press ENTER.

•Press ENTER .
View Freeze Data

44 When an emission-related fault occurs, certain vehicle conditions are
recorded by the on-board computer. This information is referred to as
freeze frame data. View Freeze Data is a snapshot of the operating
conditions at the time of an emission-related fault.
✓ View Freeze Data can be overwritten by faults with a higher priority.
✓ If codes were erased, View Freeze Data may not be stored in vehicle
memory depending on vehicle.

1. Select View Freeze Data.
key until View Freeze Data is Read Codes
Pending Codes
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
4 – 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Select Frame (if more than 1

frame is present). Select Fre eze Frame
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Frame 1 Mod $10
Frame 2 Mod $1A
key.
•Press ENTER.
3. Select another frame to view (if

available)
•Press BACK.
4. Return to Diagnostic Codes Menu

•Press BACK.
4
Special Tests Menu


❒ I/M Readiness
❒ Drive Cycle Monitor
❒ State OBD Check
❒ O2 Monitor Test
❒ Diagnostic Monitor Test
❒ On-Board Systems
❒ Vehicle Information
❒ Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 19
I/M Readiness
The I/M Readiness (Inspection / Maintenance) function is used to view
a snapshot of the operations for the emission system on OBD II
vehicles.
✓ I/M Readiness is a very useful function. To guarantee no faults exist

make sure all monitors are ok or n/a and no DTC’s exist.
✓ Refer to the vehicles service manual for the drive cycle operation.
✓ During normal driving conditions, the vehicle’s computer scans the

emission system. After a specific amount of drive time (each monitor
has specific driving conditions and time required), the computer’s
monitors decide if the vehicles emission system is working correctly
44 or not as well as detecting out of range values. When the monitor’s
status is:
• ok - vehicle was driven enough to complete the monitor.
• inc (Incomplete) - vehicle was not driven enough to complete the
monitor.
• n/a (Not Applicable)- vehicle does not support that monitor.
✓ Depending on vehicle, disconnecting or a discharged battery may

erase DTCs and clear monitor status.
✓ Monitors may be cleared by:

❒ Erasing codes
❒ Vehicle control modules losing power
✓ I/M Readiness can be done with the KOER or KOEO.
4 – 20 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
From the Special Tests Menu:

1. Select I/M Readiness.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Special Tests Menu
key until I/M Readiness is I/M Readiness ?
Drive Cycle Monitor
highlighted. State OBD Check
•Press ENTER. O2 Monitor Test
Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
Two types of I/M Readiness test are:

❒ Since DTCs Cleared - shows status of the monitors since the
DTCs were last erased.
❒ This Drive Cycle - shows status of monitors since the start of the
current drive cycle. Refer to the vehicle service manual for more
detailed information on emission-related monitors and their
status.
4
✓ Some vehicles do not support
This Drive Cycle. If vehicle I/M Readiness Menu
supports both types of monitors Since DTCs Cleared
This Drive Cycle
the I/M Readiness Menu
displays.
2. View Summary of Monitor Status.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow key (if required).
✓ Depending on Readiness Test one of these 2 screens will be present
Since DTCs Cleared This Drive Cycle

Misfire Monitor ok Misfire Monitor ok
Fuel System Mon ok Fuel System Mon ok
Comp Component ok Comp Component ok
Catalyst Mon inc Catalyst Mon inc
Htd Catalyst n/a Htd Catalyst n/a
Evap System Mon ok Evap System Mon ok
Sec Air System ok Sec Air System ok
. OR
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 21
Abbreviations and names for OBD II Monitors supported by the Scan

Tool are shown below. They are required by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Not all monitors are supported
by all vehicles.
•Abbreviated Name Expanded Name

- Misfire Monitor Misfire Monitor
- Fuel System Mon Fuel System Monitor
- Comp Component Comprehensive Components Monitor
- Catalyst Mon Catalyst Monitor
- Htd Catalyst Heated Catalyst Monitor
44 - Evap System Mon Evaporative System Monitor
- Sec Air System Secondary Air System Monitor
- A/C Refrig Mon Air Conditioning Refrigerant Monitor
- Oxygen Sens Mon Oxygen Sensor Monitor
- Oxygen Sens Htr Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor
- EGR System Mon Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
Monitor
3. Return to Special Tests Menu.

•Press BACK.
4 – 22 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Drive Cycle Monitor

The Drive Cycle Monitor function is very similar to the I/M Monitors
though the Drive Cycle Monitor is used to view REAL TIME operations
of the Emissions System on OBD II vehicles.
✓ Drive Cycle Monitor continuously updates as the vehicle reports
operations of the Emission System.
✓ Refer to the vehicle service manual for the drive cycle operation.
✓ During normal driving conditions, the vehicle computer scans the

emission system. After a specific amount of drive time (each monitor
has specific driving conditions and time requirements), the
computer’s monitors will decide if the vehicle emissions system is
working correctly or not as well as detecting out a range of values.
When the monitor’s status is: 4
• “ok” - vehicle has been driven enough for function.
• “inc” (Incomplete) - vehicle was not driven enough to complete all of
the monitors.
• “n/a” (Not Applicable) - vehicle does not support that monitor.
✓ Clear Monitors by:

❒ Erasing Codes.
❒ Vehicle Computer Module losing power (on some vehicles).
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 23
1. Select Drive Cycle Monitor.
I/M Readiness ?
key to highlight Drive Cycle Drive Cycle Monitor
Monitors. State OBD Check
O2 Monitor Test
•Press ENTER. Diag Mon Tests
On Board Systems
Vehicle Info
✓ Two types of Drive Cycle Monitors

are:
❒ SINCE DTCs CLEARED shows status of the monitors since the
Diagnostic Trouble Codes were last erased.
❒ THIS DRIVE CYCLE shows status of monitors since start of
current drive cycle. Refer to the vehicle service manual for more
detailed information on emission-related monitors and their status.
44 ✓ Some vehicles DO NOT support

Drive Cycle Monitors. If vehicle Drive Cycle Monitor
supports both types of Drive Cycle Since DTCs Cleared
This Drive Cycle
Monitors the Menu will display.
2.View Summary of Monitor Status.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow key (if
required).
4 – 24 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3.Depending on the Drive Cycle Monitors one of these 2 screens

will be present.
OR
This Drive Cycle Since DTCs Cleared
Catalyst Mon inc Catalyst Mon inc
Htd Catalyst inc Htd Catalyst inc
Evap System Mon inc Evap System Mon inc
4.Return to Special Tests Menu.

• Press BACK key.
✓ The Scan Tool display is

continuously updated. Monitors that
are “ok” will disappear and only the
“inc” monitors will remain displayed.
Monitors designated “n/a” are not
displayed.
✓ When all Monitors are “OK” the following Screen is shown.
OR
Since DTCs Cleared
This Drive Cycle
All Monitors OK
All Monitors OK
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 25
State OBD Check

The State OBD Check function is used to display a basic status of the
vehicles OBD system.
❒ Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Status
❒ Codes Found
❒ I/M Readiness
Erase Codes deletes DTCs and clears I/M Monitors from vehicle’s
computer module(s).
✓ The State OBD Check function has the following areas:

❒ MIL STATUS ON or OFF
❒ Number of Codes Found
❒ Number of Monitors OK
44 ❒ Number of Monitors Inc
❒ Number of Monitors N/A
✓ State OBD Check should be done with the key on engine running
(KOER) due to showing MIL status.
✓ The number of codes found are only Generic OBD II codes and not
Pending codes.
✓ The number of Monitors that are either OK, INC or NA are only Since
DTCs Cleared and not This Drive Cycle.
✓ Refer to Read Codes and I/M Monitors for more detailed information
about the results.
4 – 26 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. Select State OBD Check Special Tests Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow I/M Readiness

Drive Cycle Monitor
key until State OBD Check is State OBD Check
O2 Monitor Test
highlighted Diagnostic Monitor Test
•Press ENTER . On Board Systems
Vehicle Information
2. View State OBD Check

Display State OBD Check
MIL Status: ON
Codes Found: 2
Monitors OK: 3
3. Return to Special Tests Monitors Inc: 3
Monitors N/A: 5
Menu.
•Press BACK
4
O2 Monitor Test
OBD II regulations require applicable vehicles monitor and test oxygen
(O2) sensors to determine problems related to fuel and emissions. The
O2 Monitor Test allows retrieval of completed O2 sensors monitor test
results.
✓ The O2 Monitor Test is not an on-demand test. O2 sensors are not

tested when selected via the menu. O2 sensors are tested when
engine operating conditions are within specified limits.
✓ If the vehicle communicates using a controller area network (CAN),

O2 monitor tests are not supported by vehicle. A message is
displayed. See “Diagnostic Monitor Tests” on page 4-30 to see O2
monitor data.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 27
✓ O2 sensors are located before (upstream) and after (downstream)

catalyst(s). Sensors are named (xy) for their position to both cylinder
banks and catalysts.
❒ The O2 sensor for cylinder bank 1 has prefix 1y while O2 sensor
for cylinder bank 2 has prefix 2y.
❒ The O2 sensor upstream of catalyst (closest to engine) has suffix
x1 while O2 sensor downstream of catalyst has suffix x2. If
vehicle contains more catalysts, O2 sensor downstream of
second catalyst has suffix x3 and O2 sensor downstream of next
catalyst has suffix x4.
❒ For example, O2S21 is upstream O2 sensor for cylinder bank 2.
The following O2 Sensor Tests are available:
1) Rich-to-lean sensor threshold voltage
2) Lean-to-rich sensor threshold voltage
3) Low sensor voltage for switch time
4) High sensor voltage for switch time
5) Rich-to-lean sensor switch time
44
6) Lean-to-rich sensor switch time
7) Minimum sensor voltage test cycle
8) Maximum sensor voltage test cycle
9) Time between sensor transitions
10) Sensor period
11) Manufacturer specific tests

1. Select O2 Monitor Test.
key until O2 Monitor Test is I/M Readiness ?
highlighted. Drive Cycle Monitor
State OBD Check
Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
4 – 28 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Select O2 Sensor. Select O2 Sensor
•Use UP or DOWN arrow O2 Bank1 Sensor1

O2 Bank1 Sensor2
key until desired O2 Sensor is O2 Bank2 Sensor1
O2 Bank2 Sensor2
highlighted.
•Press ENTER.
✓ The O2 sensors located

upstream (before catalyst) may perform differently than ones located
downstream (after catalyst).
✓ Test IDs are shown for unknown O2 sensor tests.

3. View Results of Selection.
key. O2 Bank1 Sensor1
RICH-LN Thresh
4
MAX: -----(V)
MEAS: 0.555(V)
MIN: -----(V)
MOD: $10
4. Return to O2 Sensor Tests menu.

•Press BACK.

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 29
Diagnostic Monitor Tests

The Diagnostic Monitor Test function is useful after servicing or after
erasing a vehicle’s memory. Test results do not necessarily indicate a
faulty component or system.
✓ Non-CAN vehicles Diagnostic Monitor Test receives test results for

emission-related powertrain components and systems that are not
continuously monitored.
✓ CAN vehicles Diagnostic Monitor Test receives test results for

emission-related powertrain components and systems that are and
are not continuously monitored.
✓ Vehicle manufacturer is responsible for assigning test and component
IDs.
44
1. Select Diag Mon Tests.
key until Diag Mon Tests is I/M Readiness ?
Drive Cycle Monitor
Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
✓ Applicable Diagnostic Monitor Tests are displayed.
4 – 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Review test results

displayed on Scan Tool. Select Diag Mon Test
•Use UP or DOWN arrow $01
$03
key until desired test results is $10
highlighted. $21
$22
•Press ENTER. $25
$41
Non-CAN Vehicles
✓ Refer to appropriate vehicle
service manual for test IDs OR
and definitions.
Select Diag Mon Test

O2 Sensor B1S1
O2 Sensor B1S2
O2 Sensor B2S1
O2 Sensor B2S2
4
Catalyst B1
Catalyst B2
EVAP (0.040*)
CAN Vehicles
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 31
✓ On Non-CAN vehicles the Scan

Tool displays: Test $53 Data
❒ Test data (test ID) ID:

MAX:
01
0
❒ Maximum value (MAX) MEAS: 0
MIN: ----
❒ Test measurements (MEAS) STS: OK
❒ Minimum value (MIN) MOD: $10
❒ Status (STS)
❒ Measurements and
Specification values are Non-CAN Vehicles
hexadecimal numbers (i.e.,
$1A, $FE, $11.)
❒ Module (MOD)
OR
✓ On CAN vehicles Scan Tool

displays:
44 O2 Sensor B2S2
RICH-LN Thresh
❒ Test performed. The test Module $00
performed can be $## if test is MAX: 0.6012 (V)
MEAS: 0.6012 (V)
not defined. Refer to vehicle MIN: 0.6012 (V)
service manual for details. Status: OK
❒ Measured values and units of

measured (such as volts,
amps, and seconds). CAN Vehicles
❒ Status of monitor test data.
❒ Module ID where the monitor
test data came from.
3. Return to Select Test Menu.

•Press BACK key.

•Press BACK key.
4 – 32 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
On-Board Systems
The On-Board Systems test allows the Scan Tool to control operation
of vehicle components, tests or systems.
✓ Some manufacturers do not allow tools to control vehicle systems. A

vehicle not supporting an on-board system is identified by a message
that is displayed when selected.
✓ Refer to the vehicle service manual for on-board systems instructions.

1. Select On-Board Systems.
key until On-Board Systems I/M Readiness ?
Drive Cycle Monitor
is highlighted. State OBD Check
•Press ENTER. O2 Monitor Test 4
Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
✓ A list of on-board systems and

components available for testing are shown on the display.
2. Select Test.
•Use UP or DOWN arrow On-Board Systems
key. Evap Leak Test
•Press ENTER.
3. Return to On-Board Systems menu.

•Press BACK key.

•Press BACK key.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 33
✓ The manufacturer is responsible for determining the criteria to

automatically stop test. Refer to appropriate vehicle service manual.
Vehicle Info
The Vehicle Info function allows the Scan Tool to request the vehicle’s
VIN number, calibration ID(s) which identifies software version in
vehicle control module(s), calibration verification numbers (CVN(s))
and in-use performance tracking.
✓ Vehicle Info function applies to model year 2000 and newer OBD II
compliant vehicles.
44
✓ The Scan Tool cannot verify if data is correct for scanned vehicles.
✓ CVNs are calculated values required by OBD II regulations.
✓ The CVN calculation may take several minutes.
✓ CVNs are reported to determine if emission-related calibrations have

been changed. Multiple CVNs may be reported for a control module.
✓ In-use performance tracking, tracks performance of key readiness

Monitors.

1. Select Vehicle Info.
key until Vehicle Info is I/M Readiness ?
Drive Cycle Monitor
Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
4 – 34 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. View Information Supported by Vehicle.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow key (if required).
Vehicle Info Vehicle Info

VIN CVN
#1 Mod $10 #1 Mod $10
ABCDEFGHIJ1234567 00 08 AB CD
00 08 AB CD
CAL ID #2 Mod $18
#1 Mod $10 12 34 56 78
0008
Vehicle Info
In-Use Perf Tracking
OBD Condition ($10)
1234 Cnts
OBD Cycle Cntr ($10)
9876 Cnts
Cat Complete ($10)
4
1111 Cnts
✓ In the above examples, Module $10 and $18 returned data. Scroll
down to view information. CVNs are shown as hexadecimal numbers.
✓ Abbreviations and names for in-use performance tracking data
supported by Scan Tool are shown below. Not all data is supported by
all vehicles.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 35
Abbreviated Name Expanded Name

In-Use Perf In-Use Performance Tracking
Tracking
OBD Mon Cond OBD Monitoring Conditions Encountered Counts
Ignition Cycles Ignition Counter
Cat Comp Bank x Catalyst Monitor Completion Counts Bank x
Cat Cond Bank x Catalyst Monitor Conditions Encountered Counts
Bank x
O2 Comp Bank x O2 Sensor Monitor Completion Counts Bank x
O2 Cond Bank x O2 Sensor Conditions Encountered Counts Bank x
EGR Mon Comp EGR Monitor Completion Condition Counts
EGR Mon Cond EGR Monitor Conditions Encountered Counts
AIR Mon Comp AIR Monitor Completion Condition Counts
44 (Secondary Air)
AIR Mon Cond AIR Monitor Conditions Encountered Counts
(Secondary Air)
EVAP Mon Comp EVAP Monitor Completion Condition Counts
EVAP Mon Cond EVAP Monitor Conditions Encountered Counts
✓ If message INVALID displays on screen, then data returned from the

vehicle is incorrect, or is not formatted in accordance with OBD II
specification.
3. Return to Special Tests Menu:
•Press BACK or key.
4 – 36 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Modules Present
The Scan Tool identifies the module IDs and communication type
for OBD II modules in the vehicle.

1. Select Modules Present.
key until Modules Present is Drive Cycle Monitor ?
State OBD Check
highlighted. O2 Monitor Test
•Press ENTER. Diag Mon Tests
On-Board Systems
Vehicle Info
Modules Present
✓ The types of protocols (communication types) supported by the Scan

4
Tool are:
❒ ISO 9141-2 protocol is shown as ISO.
Modules Present
ID Protocols
$10 ISO*
$1A ISO*
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 37
❒ SAE J1850 protocol is shown as VPWM or PWM.
Modules Present
ID Protocols
$10 VPWM*
$1A VPWM*
OR
Modules Present
ID Protocols
$10 PWM*
$1A PWM*
44
❒ ISO 15765-4 protocol is shown as CAN.
Modules Present
ID Protocols
$01 CAN*7e9
$00 CAN*7e8
✓ Since CAN vehicles use module IDs larger than 2 digits, the Scan Tool
assigns a 2 digit module ID to be used in place of the actual CAN
module ID. The module ID assigned for the CAN module ID is used
in all functions of the Scan Tool.
4 – 38 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
•ISO 14230-4 protocol is shown as K2K (Keyword

2000.)
Modules Present
ID Protocols
$10 K2K*
$1A K2K*
✓ In the above examples the * indicates the protocol used to

communicate to the vehicle’s control module.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 – 39
44
4 – 40 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 5 – GM Diagnostics
GM HISTORIC (OBD I) DIAGNOSTICS
GM Function List
All items marked with “-” are covered either in section 3 or 4.

IMPORTANT These items are not covered in this section.
✓ The GM Function List is broken

down into the following menus: GM Function List
Datastream
❒ Datastream Menu Diagnostic Codes
❒ View Data Special Tests
Review Data
❒ Record Data Print Data
Code Lookup
– Review Data Tool Setup
– Print Data
– Tool Setup 5
❒ Read Codes
❒ Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
❒ Field Service
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5–1
GM Historic (OBD I) Diagnostics
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•Read Codes
•Playback
✓ The above stored infromation can be reviewed for GM vehicles.
Refer to Review Data and Print Data in the Using the Scan Tool
section of this manual.
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup menu
– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
✓ Some 1994 and 1995 vehicles use the 16-pin OBD II connector,
but are not OBD II compliant. They still use the OBD I application
software. Refer to Appendix B Data Link Connectors.
✓ If the Scan Tool displays an Error Message, make sure the cables
5 and adapters are securely attached and the ignition key is on.
Cycle the ignition key to off for 10 seconds, then on. Attempt the
test selected again. If the problem remains, refer to Error
Messages on page 9-2
Datastream Menu
❒ Datastream Menu
❒ View Data
❒ Record Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
5–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
View Data
✓ The View Data function allows the user to view the vehicle
parameter identification (PID) data in real time. As the powertrain
control module (PCM) monitors PIDs, they are simultaneously
transmitted to the Scan Tool. The PIDs are continuously updated
at the PCM’s rate.
✓ In addition to reading codes, View Data is the most useful
diagnostic function for isolating the cause of a vehicle operation
problem. Viewing data is also used for observing sensor data and
the ON/OFF state of switches, solenoids, and relays.
✓ View Data can be performed with key on engine off (KOEO) or key
on engine running (KOER).
Never operate the Scan Tool while driving. Have

! WARNING another person assist with the operation of the Scan
Tool.
From the Datastream Menu:

1.Select View Data. Datastream Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow View Data

Record Data
key until View Data is Review Data 5
highlighted. Print Data
•Press ENTER. Tool Setup
✓ If a Select Group screen does

not appear, skip the Multiple
Group section and continue.
Multiple Group Vehicles
✓ Some vehicles display a Select
Group screen for viewing data. In Select Group
these cases, only one group of Engine Group 1
data can be viewed at a time. Engine Group 2
Engine Group 3
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5–3
2.Select the type of data to view.

key to highlight. Refer to View
Select Data to View
Data on page 4-4 for Entire or
Entire Data List
Custom Data Lists. Custom Data List
•Press ENTER to establish
a communication link.
3.View PIDs on Scan Tool.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Codes Present N/A
keys to scroll through the PIDs. A/F RATIO 14:1
AC Clutch 13
AC Enabled ON
AC PRESS (psi) -5.63
4.Change Custom Data List AC PRESS (V) 0.14
Parameters. AC Request OFF
•Press BACK. BARO ("HG) 28.34
5.Return to Datastream Menu

•Press BACK.
5
Record Data
✓ The Record Data function records vehicle PIDs while the vehicle
is parked or being driven. This function is mainly used for
diagnosing intermittent driveability problems that cannot be
isolated by any other method. The Scan Tool records data based
on time (5 frames prior to the start of the recording, and for a
duration after). The time after depends on the vehicle data rate.
The Record Data function allows diagnosis of an intermittent
problem by analyzing data leading up to the problem, during the
problem, and possibly after the problem, depending on duration.
1.Select Record Data.
key until Record Data is View Data
highlight. Record Data
Print Data
Tool Setup
5–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Never operate the tool while driving. Have another

!! WARNING
WARNING person assist with the operation of the Scan Tool.
✓ This function can be performed with KOEO or KOER.

•Press LEFT or RIGHT to move the brackets to the desired
response.
• Press ENTER.
memory, a message to Erase Old Record Data
Recording is displayed. The Scan Previous recording
Tool stores only one recording at in memory. Do you
a time, so be sure to review it want to erase it and
before erasing it. make a new one?
<Yes> No
Multiple Group Vehicles

✓ Some vehicles display a Select Group screen for recording data. 5
In these cases, only one group of data can be recorded at a time.
Recording another group of data overwrites the present one.
3. Select Trigger Method.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow Select Trig Method
key until desired trigger Manual Trigger
method is highlighted. Trigger on Codes
•Manual Trigger begins
recording when the ENTER
key is pressed.
•Trigger on Codes begins
recording when a diagnostic
trouble code (DTC) is stored in
the PCM.
•Select a method and press ENTER.
✓ If Manual Trigger is selected,
press ENTER to begin Record Data
recording. Trigger on Codes will
not show this screen. Ready to record
Press ENTER
to start recording.
Press BACK
to exit.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5–5
✓ The function runs automatically and stops when the Scan Tool’s
memory is filled.
4.When done, the Scan Tool prompts you to Play the Recording?
Select Yes to review the data now or No to review it later using
Review Data.
5.Return to Datastream Menu.

•Press BACK.


❒ Read Codes
5 ❒ Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
5–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function is used to retrieve all stored DTCs from
the control module(s). This can be performed with KOEO or
KOER. Two types of codes were used by GM in the Historic
System: Current codes and History codes. Prior to 1986, all codes
were referred to as Current Codes. From 1986 through 1995, both
codes were used because the PCM was able to differentiate
between them.
✓ The Scan Tool automatically displays the type of codes that

pertain to the vehicle under test. The DTC types are defined as
follows:
❒ History Codes — intermittent codes placed in the vehicle’s
memory when the trouble originally occurred, and will remain
there even if the trouble has been corrected. If no trouble after 50
engine warm-up cycles, the DTC erases.
❒ Current Codes — codes transmitted through the PCMs data
stream when a trouble condition is active and cannot be erased.
The problem must be repaired to remove the DTC.
✓ On some vehicles, all codes are Current Codes, because the PCM
cannot distinguish Current Codes from History Codes. The only 5
way to determine this is to erase the code and then drive the
vehicle to see if the code returns.
✓ Perform the following:
1) Set parking brake.
2) KOEO or KOER.
3) Put transmission in park (P) or neutral (N).

1.Select Read Codes.
Review Data
Code Lookup
Tool Setup
✓ The Scan Tool retrieves the
DTCs.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5–7
✓ If no DTCs are present a message

stating System Pass: No faults
detected is displayed. Read Codes
System Pass
No faults detected.
2.View and write down DTCs.

keys. 1 of 1
45 ENG
Oxygen Sensor Rich

Exhauxst Indication
HISTORY
3. Return to Diagnostic Codes

Menu.
•Press BACK.
5
Erase Codes
✓ The Erase Codes function deletes the DTCs from the vehicle’s
computer memory. Perform this function with KOEO or KOER.
This function should be performed only after the systems have
been checked completely and DTCs have been documented.
✓ After servicing the vehicle, erase the stored DTCs, perform a road
test, and then verify no new codes have been stored. If DTCs
return, the problem has not been corrected or other faults are
present.
✓ Some codes can only be removed by repairing the faults that
caused them. Therefore, these codes remain in the vehicle’s
memory until the condition is repaired.
✓ Not all trouble codes can be automatically erased using the Scan
Tool. Some vehicles require a manual erasing procedure. If
possible, the Scan Tool performs the appropriate Erase Codes
procedure for your vehicle.
5–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
From the Diagnostic Codes

Menu:
Diagnostic Codes Manu
1.Select Erase Codes. Read Codes
Erase Codes
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Review Data
key until Erase Codes is Print Data
Code Lookup
highlighted. Tool Setup
•Press ENTER.
•Press LEFT or RIGHT Erase Codes
to move the brackets to the Are you sure you
desired response. want to erase
• Press ENTER. diagnostic codes?
✓ Selecting No and pressing Yes (No)

ENTER returns you to the
Diagnostic Codes Menu.
✓ Selecting Yes displays a screen prompting you to turn ignition on.

•Turn ignition key on. Engine 5
can be off or running.
Erase Codes
•Press ENTER to continue.
Turn ignition key
on. Engine can be
off or running.
Press ENTER
to continue.
✓ A message confirming that the

Erase Codes command was Erase Codes
successful displays.
Erase Codes command
sent. Perform Read
Codes function to
verify erase.
Press ENTER to cont.
3.Return to Diagnostic Codes Menu.

•Press ENTER.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5–9
Manual Erase Methods

Alternate Method 1:
1) Turn ignition key off.
2) Locate fuse box and remove ECM fuse.
3) Wait 20 seconds.
4) Replace the fuse.
Alternate Method 2:
2) Remove power from Scan Tool.
3) Disconnect Scan Tool from vehicle.
4) Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. Wait 30 seconds, then replace
the cable.
✓ The computer has a learning ability to compensate for minor
variations in engine operation. Whenever power is removed from
the PCM, the computer must relearn various functions. Vehicle
performance may be noticeably different until this is
accomplished. This is a temporary situation and is normal. The
learning process takes place during warm engine driving.
5
Special Tests Menu

❒ Field Service
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
5 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Field Service
✓ Field Service is a special diagnostic mode to monitor fuel system
operation and read DTCs. Some GM service manuals may refer
to this mode as the Field Service Mode Check. This mode works
on vehicles equipped with a 12-pin ALDL connector with a wire
present in pin-B, Diagnostic or Test Enable. The Scan Tool enters
this mode by grounding pin-B: shorting pin-B to pin -A (ground).
✓ Field Service mode can be operated with KOEO or KOER.
✓ Vehicles equipped with climate control computers do not use Field

Service mode.
✓ Some 1994 and 1995 vehicles equipped with a 12-pin ALDL
connector with pins A and B shorted will not cause the CHECK
ENGINE light to flash codes.
1. Select Field Service. Special Tests Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Field Service

Review Data
key until Field Service is Print Data
highlighted. Tool Setup
•Press ENTER. 5
2. Check vehicle malfunction

indicator lamp (MIL). Test Availability
•Turn ignition key on, but do
not start engine. The CHECK Does your CHECK
ENGINE light flash?
ENGINE light should flash.
•Select YES to continue.
<Yes> No
•If the light does not illuminate,
either the vehicle does not
support this test mode, the
lamp is burned-out or circuit
problems exist.
✓ It is difficult to know exactly which GM vehicles use the Field

Service mode. It is possible to have the Field Service mode
function on the Special Tests Menu, and it not be applicable.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 – 11
✓ If CHECK ENGINE light is

functional, the Field Service Field Service
screen is displayed. Pressing
ENTER will toggle the short to Field Service: Off
Pins A and B On and Off.
✓ Continue with either the KOEO

Press ENTER to turn
Field Service On.
procedure or KOER procedure.
✓ While in Field Service mode, no new DTCs are stored in the

vehicle’s memory.
KOEO Procedure
✓ In the KOEO Procedure, Field Service can check relays, solenoids
and the idle speed motor, and obtain DTCs using the CHECK
ENGINE light.
1) Turn ignition key on but do not start engine.
2) On Scan Tool, place Field Service On.
3) The CHECK ENGINE light begins to flash codes. Each DTC is
displayed three (3) times. The DTCs are displayed starting with
the lowest numbered one. After all DTCs are displayed, the
5 sequence keeps repeating until the ignition key or Field Service
mode is turned OFF.
❒ Count the number of times the CHECK ENGINE light flashes to
obtain DTCs. The first digit is sent first. A short pause sepa-
rates digits while a long pause separates each DTC. All codes
contain 2 digits.
❒ DTC 12 (No RPM reference pulse) should display first since
the engine is not running. If not, problems exist in the PCM or
CHECK ENGINE light circuitry.
Code 12 will look like:

FLASH-pause-FLASH-FLASH — long pause.
Code 23 will look like:
FLASH-FLASH-pause-FLASH-FLASH-FLASH — long pause.
5 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
4) When Field Service mode is on, most computer controlled relays

and solenoids will be turned on, except for the fuel pump relay
and fuel injectors. Toggle the Field Service mode on and off.
❒ Use a voltmeter to measure relays and solenoids input voltage
to verify on/off conditions. An ohmmeter could be used to
check the continuity between the relay’s switch terminals.
❒ The idle air control (IAC) valve is fully seated to the zero posi-
tion by the PCM.
❒ The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) solenoid is energized for
25 seconds.
KOER Procedure
✓ With the engine running, the Field Service mode can be used to
measure base timing, check open loop/closed loop operation, and
determine if the engine is running rich or lean.
1)Engage parking brake and block drive wheels.
2) Verify engine is cold. If engine is hot or warm, allow it to cool.
3) On Scan Tool, place Field Service on.
4) Start engine and place transmission in Park or Neutral. The CHECK
ENGINE light will flash once.
5) Warm the engine by idling for 2 minutes at 2000 RPM.
6) Observe CHECK ENGINE light. 5
•If CHECK ENGINE light flashes 2.5 times a second, the
on-board computer is operating in Open Loop.
•When the engine warms up to normal operating
temperature, the on-board computer is now operating in
Closed Loop. The CHECK ENGINE light should flash once
a second. The on-board computer is now operating in Closed
Loop.
•If CHECK ENGINE light:
❒ flashes equally on/off, then the fuel system is running
normally.
❒ is mostly on, then the fuel system is running rich.
❒ is mostly off, then the fuel system is running lean.
7) On some engines, the spark advance timing is fixed during Field
Service mode. This allows the technician to measure the engine
base timing.

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 – 13
GM Enhanced (OBD II) Diagnostics
GM ENHANCED (OBD II) DIAGNOSTICS
GM Function List

✓ The GM Function List is broken

down into the following menus:
GM Function List
❒ Datastream Menu Datastream
– View Data Diagnostic Codes
Special Tests
– Record Data Review Data
Print Data
– Review Data Code Lookup
– Print Data Tool Setup
– Tool Setup
❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
❒ Erase Codes
5 – View Freeze Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
– Special Tests Menu
– I/M Readiness
– Drive Cycle Monitor
– State OBD Check
– O2 Monitor Test
– Diagnostic Monitor Test
– On-Board Systems
– Vehicle Information
– Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
5 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•I/M Readiness
•DTC (Codes)
•Pending Codes
•Freeze Frame
•O2 Monitor Test
•Diagnostic Monitor Tests
•Vehicle Info
•Playback
•State OBD Check
•Modules Present
✓ The following stored infromation can be reviewed for GM vehi-
cles. Refer to Review Data and Print Data in the Using the Scan
Tool section of this manual.
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup menu
– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
5
IMPORTANT This system applies to GM vehicles manufactured from

1996 to present. Some GM vehicles in 1994 and 1995 were
equipped with this system. Refer to Appendix B - Data
Link Connectors.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 – 15
✓ If an Error Message displays, make sure the OBD II connector is

securely attached, and the ignition key is on. Cycle the ignition key
to off for 10 seconds, then on. This may be required to reset the
computer. If required, select yes to try again. If the problem still
exists, refer to Error Messages on page 8-2.


❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
❒ Erase Codes
– View Freeze Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
5
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function retrieves DTCs from the vehicle’s
computer module(s). This function can be performed with the
KOEO or KOER. These codes cause the computer to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when an emission-related or
driveability fault occurs. The MIL is also known as the service
engine soon or check engine lamp.
✓ The GM Enhanced reads DTC’s from the engine or powertrain
module (ENG), transmission module (TRANS), or transfer case
module (XFER).
✓ Not all GM vehicles support DTC status. Some only use the Global
OBDII Read Codes command. For a description of these screens,
refer to the Global OBD II Diagnostics section of the manual.
• History Codes — Intermittent codes placed in the vehicle’s memory
when the trouble originally occurred, and will remain there even if
the trouble has been corrected. If no trouble after 50 engine
warm-up cycles, the DTC will be erased.
• Current Codes — Codes transmitted through the PCMs data
stream when a trouble condition is active and cannot be erased. The
problem must be repaired to remove the DTC.
• Intermittent Codes — Indicates the current code has been set at
least once but possibly not enough to cause a history code to be
stored.
5 – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
From the Diagnostic Codes

Menu: Diagnostic Codes Menu
Read Codes
1.Select Read Codes. Pending Codes
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Erase Codes
key until Read Codes is View Fre eze Data
Review Data
highlighted. Print Data
•Press ENTER. Code Lookup
✓ If no DTCs are present a message stating System Pass: No faults

detected is displayed.
2.View and write down the

DTCs. Read Codes
•Use the UP or DOWN
arrow keys. System Pass
No faults detected.
5
❒ On some GM vehicles the
Scan Tool shows current and 1 of 7
history DTC status. Some GM P0113 ENG
vehicles also show intermittent Reference Voltage

Low
codes.
HISTORY

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 – 17
Erase Codes
✓ The Erase Codes menu has a menu asking what module to erase
codes for, if more than one module exists for this vehicle.

1. Select Erase Codes. Diagnostic Codes Menu
Read Codes
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Pending Codes
key until Erase Codes is Erase Codes
highlighted. View Fre eze Data
Review Data
Code Lookup
✓ Select a subsystem from which

you would like to erase codes
from.
✓ Confirm your selection. Press ENTER to continue.

•Press ENTER.
5 – 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 6 – Ford Diagnostics
Ford Historic Diagnostics

✓ Due to different processor calibrations, all Ford Function Lists for
a particular vehicle may or may not appear as shown. Based on
the vehicle information entered at the Vehicle Selection menu,
the Scan Tool automatically recognizes the computer system
installed.
Ford Function List

All items marked with “-” are covered in section 3 or 4.
✓ The Ford Function List is

broken down into the following Ford Function List
menus: Dat
Datastream ?
Diagnostic Codes
❒ Datastream Menu On Demand Tests
Review Data
❒ View Data Print Data
❒ Record Data Code Lookup
Tool Setup
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup 6
❒ Read KOEO Codes
❒ Read KOER Codes
❒ Erase Codes
❒ IVSC Speed Ctrl
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
❒ On Demand Test Menu
❒ Wiggle Test
❒ Output Switch Test
❒ Cyl Balance Test
❒ STAR Test Mode
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6–1
Ford Historic (OBD I) Diagnostics
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•KOEO Codes
•KOER Codes
•IVSC KOEO Codes
•IVSC KOER Codes
•Playback
✓ For Ford Historic diagnostics, the above functions have data to
review or print. For Review/Print Data instructions, refer to
appropriate page in Using The Scan Tool.
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup Menu
– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
If the function is not supported by the vehicle, then the Scan

IMPORTANT Tool does not display it.
✓ Most Ford vehicles prior to 1996 use the EEC-IV system. Vehicles
with Mazda-sourced engines use the Mazda Electronic Control
6 System (MECS). Refer to “Appendix B - Data Link Connectors".
✓ If the Scan Tool displays an Error Message, make sure the
adapter cable is securely attached and the ignition key is on. Cycle
the ignition key to off for 10 seconds, thenon. This may be required
because the Ford system allows only one Self-Test function to be
performed for each key on. Attempt the test selected again and if
the problem remains, refer to “Error Messages” on page 9-2.
6 – 2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Datastream Menu
❒ Datastream Menu
❒ View Data
❒ Record Data
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
✓ Datastream Menu functions are used to view and record engine

data transmitted from the vehicle on EEC-IV vehicles beginning
in 1990. These functions allow viewing of data parameters in real
time to pinpoint problems when they occur. The Scan Tool also has
the ability to record these data parameters as the vehicle is
operated to locate intermittent problems.
View Data
✓ The View Data function allows the mechanic to view Parameter 6
Identification Numbers (PIDs) in real time. Simply stated, as the
powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the vehicle’s PIDs,
they are simultaneously transmitted to the Scan Tool. Viewing data
is also used for observing sensor data and the on/off state of
switches, solenoids, and relays.

1. Select View Data.
•Use the UP or DOWN Datastream Menu
arrow keys until View Data is View Data
highlighted. Record Data
Review Data
Tool Setup
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6–3
2. Select data to view.

• See View Data on page 4-4 of Select Data to View
Global OBD II Diagnostics for Entire Data List
Entire or Custom Data Lists. Custom Data List
•Press ENTER.

•Use the UP or DOWN arrow key.
4. Return to Datastream Menu.

•Press BACK.
Record Data
✓ The Record Data function is used to record vehicle data
parameters over time. The Record Data function allows diagnosis
of an intermittent problem by analyzing data leading up to the
problem, during the problem, and possibly after the problem,
depending on duration. This function is used if no other diagnostic
method works.
6
✓ The Scan Tool records data based on time (5 frames prior to the
trigger point, and for a duration after). The time after depends on
the vehicle data rate.

1. Select Record Data.
•Use the UP or DOWN Datastream Menu
arrow keys until Record Data View Data
is highlighted. Record Data
Review Data
Tool Setup
6 – 4• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

memory, a message to ERASE
Record Data
OLD RECORDING displays.
Previous recording
in memory. Do you
want to erase it and
make a new one?
<Yes> No
✓ The Scan Tool maintains only one recording at a time, so be sure

to thoroughly review an old recording before erasing it. Power to
store recordings is provided by the Scan Tool’s internal battery,
thus, recordings are stored in memory only for the life of the
battery.
✓ Once the communication link has been established, you are ready
to record data.
Never operate the Scan Tool while driving. Have

! CAUTION another person assist with the operation of the
Scan Tool.
2. Start recording. 6
•Recording starts when the
ENTER key is pressed.
**Ready to Record**
✓ The Scan Tool records for a Press ENTER any time

varying time duration. The to start recording.
recording consists of 5 frames of
data prior to the trigger point, and
approximately 20 seconds after
the recording. All applicable data
parameters are recorded for the
vehicle.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6–5
Record Data
When the recording is in progress,

the screen to the right is displayed. Recording stops
automatically when
memory is full.
3. After recording, Scan Tool displays a prompt to Playback

Data.
• Answer NO to return to the Datastream Menu.
•Answer YES to display recorded data.
Refer to “Playback” on page 3-19 of Using The Scan Tool.

6 IMPORTANT These items are not covered in this section.

❒ Read KOEO Codes
❒ Read KOER Codes
❒ Erase Codes
❒ IVSC Speed Ctrl
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
6 – 6• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Read KOEO Codes

✓ The Read KOEO Codes function activates the KOEO and
Continuous Memory self-tests which retrieve KOEO and
continuous memory diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) from the
PCM.
• KOEO DTCs are transmitted through the PCM data link when a
trouble condition is active. KOEO codes remain until the trouble
condition becomes inactive – usually when the fault is repaired.
• Continuous Memory DTCs are stored in the vehicle’s memory at
the time of occurrence during continuous self-test monitoring. They
remain there until the problem does not reoccur within 40 warm-up
cycles, Fast KOEO codes have been read, or the Erase Codes
function has been run. Continuous memory codes follow the KOEO
codes in the datastream.
✓ The DTCs are transmitted in two formats; both transmit the same
information:
• Slow Codes are regular service codes that allow the user to identify
the faults with an analog voltmeter or the check engine light. Slow
Codes are transmitted within 3 minutes.
• Fast Codes are transmitted within seconds and must be read with
a diagnostic tool. Retrieving Fast Codes erases continuous memory
codes, Slow Codes does not. Fast Codes do not apply to MECS
vehicles.
From the Diagnostic Codes Menu: 6

1. Select Read KOEO Codes.
key until Read KOEO Codes Read KOEO Codes
is highlighted. Read KOER Codes
•Press ENTER. Erase Codes
IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
2. Select Fast Codes or Slow

Codes. Select Code Type
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Fast Codes
key until selection is Slow Codes
highlighted.
•Press ENTER.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6–7
✓ Follow the instructions step-by-step.

2) Transmission in park (P) or neutral (N).
3) Turn A/C off.
4) Start engine and let idle until hot.
6) Wait 10 seconds. Turn key on-engine off. Do not start engine.
Avoid cooling fan! It may turn on during test.

! CAUTION
✓ While waiting for the codes to

transmit, the PCM cycles the Working
following system components on
and off: Procedure runs less
than 3 minutes.
• Electric radiator cooling fan
• Fuel pump Time Remaining: 2:35
• Check engine light or malfunction
indicator light (MIL) – Slow Codes
only.
• Idle speed control solenoid
3. When the test is complete.

•Turn ignition key off. Test Completed
6 •Press ENTER.
Turn ignition
key off.
1 of 1
111
✓
ENG
If no problems exist, Code 11 or
111 will be displayed. Systen Pass Code.
No faults detected
during KOEO test.
KOEO
6 – 8• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

•Use UP or DOWN arrow 1 of 3
key. 628 ENG
✓ ENG indicates that DTC is from

Excessive converter
clutch sli ppage.
the engine or powertrain control
module. KOEO
✓ After viewing and noting the

KOEO codes, use the DOWN
2 of 3
arrow key to view continuous 126 ENG
memory codes.
✓ Continuous memory codes MAP sensor signal
voltage higher or

(codes set previously under
lower then expected.
normal driving conditions) are
available after reading KOEO MEMORY
codes. They are indicated as
Memory Codes by the Scan Tool.

•Press BACK.
6
Read KOER Codes
✓ The Read KOER Codes function activates the KOER self-test
which retrieves KOER DTCs that are present when the engine is
running.When the trouble condition is inactive, the KOER code is
no longer sent through the data stream. This function also
performs a Computed Timing Check for EEC-IV vehicles
manufactured from 1984 through 1991.
✓ The DTCs are transmitted in two formats which transmit the same
information:
• Slow Codes are regular service codes that allow the user to identify
the faults with an analog voltmeter or the check engine light. Slow
Codes are transmitted within 3 minutes.
• Fast Codes are transmitted within seconds and must be read with
a diagnostic tool. MECS vehicles do not support Fast Codes.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6–9
Exhaust gases are harmful or lethal. Always

! WARNING operate vehicle in a well-ventilated area.
The KOER test is done with the engine running. Do
! CAUTION not over-rev engine. Observe all safety precautions.
! CAUTION

1. Select Read KOER Codes Diagnostic Codes Menu
• Use UP or DOWN arrow Read KOEO Codes

Read KOER Codes
key until Read KOER Codes is Erase Codes
highlighted. IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Print Data
Code Lookup
2. Select Fast Codes, Slow

Codes or Computed Timing. Select Code Type
• Use UP or DOWN arrow Fast Codes
key until desired chioce is Slow Codes
Computed Timing
highlighted.
6 •Press ENTER.
✓ Follow the instructions

step-by-step. Failure to perform
these steps may set a false DTC in
the PCM — observe the display.
3) Turn A/C off.
6) Wait 10 seconds. Start engine and let idle.
7) If vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, release clutch.
3. After performing steps.

•Press ENTER to activate the self-test.
6 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ The following actions do not apply to MECS vehicles.

❒ For a 7.3L Diesel, press the throttle until test is done.
❒ If applicable, set octane switch to premium.
✓ The Scan Tool prompt the user to:

❒ Work steering wheel
❒ Pump brake pedal & cycle overdrive (OD) cancel switch.
(Cycle overdrive only if a pushbutton is available.)
✓ Observe screen for the prompt to perform the next action.

❒ Quickly press and release the throttle. One time only!
4. When test completed.

•Turn ignition key off. Test Completed
• Press ENTER to continue.
Turn ignition
key off.
6
1 of 1
111 ENG
✓ If no problems exist, Code 11 or
Systen Pass Code.
111 will be displayed. No faults detected
during KOER test.
KOER
5. View and write down

DTCs. 1 of 3
•Use UP or DOWN arrow 326 ENG
key to scroll to next DTC.

PFE/DPFE EGR sensor
below min. voltage.
✓ ENG indicates that DTC is from the
engine or powertrain control KOER
module.

• Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 11
Computed Timing Check (1984-1991 EEC-IV Vehicles)

✓ This option of the KOER Read Codes function allows you to check
both the Base engine timing (no computer adjustment) and the
ability of the computer to control spark advance.
✓ This does not apply to 7.3L diesel vehicles.
✓ Connect a timing light to the vehicle in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions. (For 2.3L dual plug engines, use
exhaust side plug. Refer to ignition system section in the service
manual for specific instructions.)
From the Select Code Type menu:

1. Select Computed Timing.
• Use the UP or DOWN Select Code Type
arrow keys until Computed Fast Codes
Timing is highlighted. Slow Codes
Computed Timing
• Press ENTER.
✓ Perform the following

step-by-step. Failure to perform
these steps may set a false DTC in
the PCM — observe the display.
6
! CAUTION
3) Turn A/C off.
6) Wait 10 seconds. start engine and let Idle.
7) If vehicle is equipped with manual transmission, release clutch.
6 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ If a KOER code of 98 or 998 is

detected, then the fault must be Computed Timing
fixed before performing this
function. Press the BACK key Can't run timing
check. Code 98/998
to return to the Diagnostic detected. Fix fault
Codes Menu. & redo timing check.
Press BACK to exit.
✓ Otherwise, the timing remains

fixed for 90 seconds to allow you Computed Timing
to measure it with the timing light.
Timing is now fixed
at base timing plus
20 degre es (+/- 3 deg).
Time remaining: 1:30
✓ Computed timing is equal to the
base timing plus 20 degrees
before top dead center (BTDC)
with 3 degrees tolerance. The
base timing value is printed on the
vehicle emission control
information (VECI) decal.

•Press ENTER .
6
Erase Codes
✓ The service manual may recommend erasing Continuous Memory
Codes from the vehicle’s memory, and then driving the vehicle to
duplicate the malfunction before beginning a diagnostic test. If
KOEO codes were read using Fast Codes, the memory codes
have already been erased.
EEC-IV Erase Codes

1. Select Erase Codes.
•Use the UP or DOWN Diagnostic Codes Menu
arrow keys until Erase Codes Read KOEO Codes
is highlighted. Read KOER Codes
Erase Codes
•Press ENTER. IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 13
✓ Only continuous memory codes Erase Codes

can be erased from the vehicle
without repairing the fault. To Only memory codes
remove KOEO and KOER codes, are erasable!
the fault must be repaired since

they only exist when a fault exists. Press ENTER to cont.
2. Perform the following:

1) Turn ignition key off. Erase Codes
2) Transmission in park (P)or
To erase KOEO and
neutral (N). KOER codes, cause of
3) Wait 10 seconds. code must be fixed.
4) Turn ignition key on.

•Press ENTER after each Press ENTER to cont.
message.
3. Erase Memory Codes.

•Press ENTER to begin
erasing the codes. ** Erasing Codes **
•The procedure takes less 1
minute to run. Precedure runs less
6 than 1 minute.
4. Return to the Diagnostic Codes Menu.

•Press BACK.
MECS Erase Codes
From the Diagnostic Codes Menu:.

1. Select Erase Codes. Diagnostic Codes Menu
•Use the UP or DOWN Read KOEO Codes

Read KOER Codes
arrow keys until Erase Codes Erase Codes
is highlighted. IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Print Data
Code Lookup
6 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Follow all instructions on Erase Codes

the display.
Only memory codes
1) Turn ignition key off. are erasable!
2) Disconnect negative (–) battery
cable.
3) Hold down brake pedal for 10
seconds.
4) Connect negative (–) battery
cable.
Erase Codes
•Press ENTER after each
message. To erase KOEO and
KOER codes, cause of
code must be fixed.
Never lay tools on vehicle battery. Tools may create

! CAUTION shorts and cause harm to user and damage to
tools, battery and electrical system.
6
✓ All continuous memory codes should be erased.

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 15
IVSC-Speed Ctrl (EEC-IV Vehicles)

✓ The IVSC-Speed Ctrl (Integrated Vehicle Speed Control) is Ford’s
computerized cruise control system on EEC-IV vehicles. It is
controlled by the PCM and contains a dedicated network of
sensors, switches, and actuators. Both KOEO and KOER Codes
exist for this test. The Scan Tool provides the ability to diagnose
problems by reading DTCs.
Reading IVSC KOEO Codes

1. Select IVSC Speed Ctrl. Diagnostic Codes Menu

Read KOER Codes
arrow keys until IVSC Speed Erase Codes
Ctrl is highlighted. IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Print Data
Code Lookup
2. Select Read KOEO Codes.

•Use the UP or DOWN Select IVSC Test
arrow keys until Read KOEO Read KOEO Codes
6 Codes is highlighted. Read KOER Codes
•Press ENTER.

1)Set parking brake.
3) Turn A/C off.
6) Wait 10 seconds. Turn key on engine off. Do not start engine.
6 – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

! CAUTION
✓ During testing, it is VERY IMPORTANT that each required step be
performed when prompted by the Scan Tool. Failure to perform
these steps may set DTC(s) in the PCM.
During this test, the Scan Tool prompts the user to perform the following
steps:
❒ Press speed control ON button.
❒ Press speed control OFF, RESUME, COAST, and ACCEL but-
tons.
❒ Tap brake and clutch pedals.
4. When test is completed.

•Turn the ignition key off. Test Completed
•Press ENTER to view the
KOEO failures. KOEO codes read.
Turn ignition
key off.

•Use the UP or DOWN 1 of 3
6
arrow keys. 568 ENG
SCVAC Failure: Spe ed

Control Vacuum
Circuit Failure
✓ ENG indicates that DTC is from the IVSC KOEO

engine or powertrain computer.

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 17
Reading IVSC KOER Codes

1. Select IVSC Speed Ctrl. Diagnostic Codes Menu

Read KOER Codes
arrow keys until IVSC Speed Erase Codes
Ctrl is highlighted. IVSC Spe ed Ctrl
Print Data
Code Lookup
2. Select Read KOER Codes.

•Use the UP or DOWN Select IVSC Test
arrow keys until Read KOER Read KOEO Codes
Codes is highlighted. Read KOER Codes
•Press ENTER.

6 2) Transmission in park (P) or neutral (N).
3) Turn A/C off.
✓ During testing, the Scan Tool prompts the user to press the
vehicle’s speed control ON button.

The Read KOER test is done with the engine
! CAUTION running. Do not over-rev engine. Observe all safety
precautions.
6 – 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
✓ During testing, it is VERY IMPORTANT that each required step be

performed when prompted by the Scan Tool. Failure to perform
these steps may set DTCs in the PCM. Be sure to observe the
Scan Tool display for indications to perform these steps.
✓ Do not touch the throttle pedal during testing. The user is reminded
of this by the Scan Tool.
✓ Once the codes have been read by the Scan Tool, it instructs the
user to turn the ignition key off:

•Use the UP or DOWN 1 of 3
arrow keys. 37 ENG
SCVAC Failure: Spe ed

Control Vacuum
✓ ENG indicates that DTC is from the Circuit Failure
engine or powertrain computer.
IVSC KOER

•Press BACK.
On Demand Test Menu

❒ On Demand Test Menu

❒ Wiggle Test
❒ Output Switch Test
❒ Cyl Balance Test
❒ STAR Test Mode
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 19
Wiggle Test (EEC-IV Vehicles)

✓ The Wiggle Test, often referred to as the Continuous Monitor Test,
is used to locate intermittent electrical faults on EEC-IV vehicles.
When the test is activated, the Scan Tool beeps and displays a
message when a fault is present. If the problem is fixed or goes
away, the tone and message goes away. Refer to the applicable
service manual for circuits that can be tested.
✓ If the Alert was turned off in the Tool Setup menu, it will be
automatically activated for the Wiggle Test. Once the Wiggle Test
is complete, the alert returns to its previous setting.
From the On Demand Test Menu:

1. Select Wiggle Test. On Demand Test Menu
•Use the UP or DOWN Wiggle Test

Output Sw Test
arrow keys until Wiggle Test is Cyl Balance Test
highlighted. STAR Test Mode
Print Data
Tool Setup
✓ Either a KOEO or KOER Wiggle

Test can be run. If the vehicle
6 problem occurs while driving, the Select Wiggle Test
KOEO Wiggle Test
KOER Wiggle Test is KOER Wiggle Test
recommended.
2. After making a selection.

•Press ENTER.

2) Put Transmission in park (P) or neutral (N).
3) Turn A/C off.
4) Turn ignition key off. Wait 10 seconds.
5) KOEO: Turn key on engine off. Do not start engine.
6) KOER: Turn key on engine running and let Idle.
6 – 20 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
4. Wiggle Test instructions.

•Use the LEFT or RIGHT arrow key to view wiggle test
instructions or not.
•Press ENTER to continue.
✓ Instructions are available for

viewing. The default is Yes. If No is KOEO Wiggle Test
selected, the test begins to
initialize. View instructions
for wiggle test?
<Yes> No
✓ If Yes is selected, the following instructions appear.

❒ Gently tap and shake the sensor.
❒ Wiggle the sensor connectors.
❒ Twist and shake the wiring between the sensor and the PCM.
5. Start KOEO/KOER Wiggle Test.

•Press ENTER.
✓ After the 10-second initialization 6

period, the Scan Tool is ready for
KOEO Wiggle Test
the Wiggle Test. Locate the
suspect sensor or circuit Wiggle Test Running.
according to the above
instructions. Status:
*** Circuit OK ***
✓ If a fault is detected, the Scan Tool

beeps and displays a FAULT
KOEO Wiggle Test
PRESENT message. A DTC(s) is
stored in the PCM and the Scan Wiggle Test Running.
Tool.
Status:
*** Fault Present ***

6. Return to On Demand Test
Menu.
•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 21
✓ Perform the “Read KOEO Codes” on page 6-7 to retrieve the

DTC(s) set during wiggle test.
✓ After making all repairs, perform “Erase Codes” on page 6-13 to

clear the memory.
Output Switch Test (EEC-IV Vehicles)

✓ The Output Sw (Switch) Test, also known as the Output State
Check, is used to check the operation of the computer-controlled
relays and solenoids on EEC-IV vehicles. The user can
troubleshoot circuits using a voltmeter to measure voltage at the
relays and solenoids in both energized and non-energized
conditions. Record all measurments for reference.
✓ Fuel injectors are NOT energized during this test.

✓ On vehicles equipped with Integrated vehicle speed control
(IVSC), failure to disconnect the vacuum supply hose from the
speed control servo energizes the speed control solenoids.

1. Select Output Sw Test. On Demand Test Menu

Output Sw Test
6 arrow keys until Output Sw Cyl Balance Test
Test is highlighted. STAR Test Mode
Print Data
Tool Setup
6 – 22 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

3) Turn A/C off.
6) Wait 10 seconds.
7) Turn key on engine off. Do not start engine.

! CAUTION
✓ The test screen indicates the time

remaining. Do not touch vehicle or Output Switch Test
tools during this time until the next
screen appears. Precedure runs less
than 3 minutes.

3. Toggle relays and solenoids.
✓ Press the accelerator pedal fully to

turn ON relays and solenoids. Do Output Switch Test 6
the same to turn them off. This can
be repeated as many times as Relays & soleniods
required to locate the fault. are *Off*.
Depress release
throttle fully to
4. Return to On Demand Test turn on.
Menu.
•Turn the ignition key off.
•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 23
Cylinder (Cyl) Balance Test (EEC-IV Vehicles)

✓ The Cyl Balance Test is only applicable to engines equipped with
EEC-IV Sequential Electronic Fuel Injection (SEFI or SFI).
✓ The Cyl Balance Test identifies a weak cylinder(s) on EEC-IV

vehicles. A weak cylinder may be caused by low compression,
poor valve seating, fouled spark plugs, damaged fuel injectors,
and other cylinder faults. The PCM shuts off the fuel supply to each
cylinder and measures the RPM drop. The PCM then calculates
variations between cylinders thus identifying the weak ones.

The Cyl Balance Test is done with the engine
! CAUTION running. Do not over-rev engine. Observe all safety
precautions.
1. Select Cyl Balance Test. On Demand Test Menu

Output Sw Test
arrow keys until Cyl Balance Cyl Balance Test
Test is highlighted. STAR Test Mode
Print Data
Tool Setup
6
Keep hands and tools away from fan and engine
! CAUTION during test.

3) Turn A/C off.
7) If vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, release clutch.
Press ENTER to continue.
6 – 24 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3. Wait for the Cylinder ID.

•Follow all user prompts:
❒ Work steering wheel

❒ Pump brake pedal and cycle overdrive (OD) cancel switch.
✓ Observe the screen for the prompt to perform the next action.
❒ Quickly press and release the throttle. One time only!
✓ If no DTC is present, continue with

the paragraph following the note Cyl Balance Test
below. If any DTC(s) are present,
the Cyl Balance Test stops and Correct all faults
the Scan Tool displays the screen and rerun test.
to the right.
View fault codes?
<YES> NO
✓ Select YES to review the DTC(s),
then turn engine off. Record them
and make repairs before repeating
the Cyl Balance Test.
✓ In the next step, Do not touch any

vehicle or Scan Tool keys while the Cyl Balance Test
test is running. Allow engine to idle.
Engine speed may drop or become Running test. 6
uneven — this is normal. Don't move throttle.
Test under 5 min.
Time remaining 4:45
4. Start Cyl Balance Test.

•Depress and release the Cyl Balance Test
throttle halfway within the next
1.5 minutes. Fully depress and
•Press ENTER to continue. release the trottle
once in next
•Do not move the throttle. 1.5 min.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 25
✓ If throttle is moved after pressing and releasing the Scan Tool

displays an error message indicating the test failed due to throttle
movement.
✓ Noise from the throttle position sensor (TPS) may cause the test
to abort even though the throttle was not moved.
5. View test results.
✓ If the engine operates properly, the

screen to the right displays. Press
Cyl Balance Test
ENTER to continue.
Stage 1 completed.
Code 90: Cylinder
balance test passed.
✓ If a problem exists with one or

more cylinders, the Scan Tool
Cyl Balance Test
displays a list of failed cylinder(s).
Press ENTER to continue. Stage 1 completed.
Failed cylinders:
1
6 ✓ Refer to the applicable service

manual for cylinder numbering Press ENTER to cont.
sequence. Cylinder failure may be
caused by faulty injectors, sparks
plugs, or wiring.
✓ Press ENTER to continue — the Scan Tool prompts the user to

retest (up to three times). If required, rerun the test to double check
the results, or to check for weaker or dead cylinders.
6. Return to On Demand Test Menu.

•Press BACK.
6 – 26 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
STAR Test Mode (EEC-IV, MECS and MCU Vehicles)

✓ The STAR Test Mode can be used to retrieve DTCs from the PCM
or other self-test automatic readout (STAR) compatible controllers
installed in the vehicle. STAR Test Mode functions largely the
same way and serves the same purpose as running KOEO and
KOER tests. It is generally used as a last resort to check for DTCs
in systems which may not be covered by KOEO and KOER testing
(i.e. - Computer Ride Control suspension systems).

1. Select STAR Test Mode. On Demand Test Menu

Output Sw Test
arrow keys until STAR Test Cyl Balance Test
Mode is highlighted. STAR Test Mode
Print Data
Tool Setup
2. Follow the instructions on

the Scan Tool screen to Star Mode
access DTCs from the PCM.
•Pressing ENTER begins STO:
Test/Hold On: Hold
test.
ENTER to test.
6
✓ The TEST/HOLD parameter

indicates the state of the self-test Star Mode
input (STI). The ENTER key
toggles this state from TEST to STO: Low
HOLD. Test/Hold On: Test
ENTER to hold.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 27
✓ With the STI in the TEST state, the self-test begins. The Self-Test
Output (STO) parameter flashes either a HIGH or LOW. A beep
accompanies each LOW flash. Write down the 2– digit or 3 – digit
code for reference.
✓ Disregard the blink which may occur when ignition key is turned
on. Depending on the vehicle being tested, determines if a three
digit or 2 digit code is used. If required, refer to the service manual
for applicable code structure.
❒ A digit consists of consecutive LOW flashes or beep — count
the number of LOWs for the digit
❒ A short HIGH (short pause) occurs between digits.
❒ A long HIGH (long pause) occurs between codes.
❒ There is no flash for the digit 0 (zero).
✓ After all codes are sent, the series repeats once and then stops.
An example is shown below.
A Three-Digit DTC (214) will Flash as follows:
STO : L O W-L O W = 2XX (H un dr ed s Pla c e = 2)
S TO : H I G H Sh ort Pau s e
STO: L O W = 2 1X ( Tens Place =1 )
S TO : H I G H Sh ort Pau s e
STO : L O W-L O W-L O W- L O W = 2 14 ( O ne s Pla c e =4 )
Two-Digit DTCs (12, 42) will Flash as follows:
6 STO: L O W = 1X ( Te ns P la c e = 1)
STO : H I G H Short Pause
STO : L O W-L O W = 1 2 (O n e’s Pl a c e = 2)
STO : H IG H L on g P aus e ( Be twe en D TC s )
STO : L O W-L O W-L O W- L O W = 4X ( Te ns P la c e = 4)
STO : H I G H Short Pause
STO : L O W-L O W = 4 2 (O n es Pl ac e = 2)
✓ If necessary, refer to an appropriate service manual for the

procedure on how to use STAR Test Mode for the specific vehicle
under test.
3. Return to the On Demand Test Menu.

•Press BACK.
6 – 28 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Ford Enhanced (OBD II) Diagnostics
FORD ENHANCED (OBD II) DIAGNOSTICS

IMPORTANT This system applies to Ford vehicles manufactured from
1996 to present. Some vehicles in 1994 and 1995 were
equipped with the EEC-V system. Refer to “Appendix B -
Data Link Connectors"
Ford Function List

✓ The Ford Function List is broken

down into the following menus: Ford Function List
Datastream
❒ Datastream Menu Diagnostic Codes
– Review Data Special Tests
Review Data
– Print Data Print Data
Tool Setup
– Tool Setup

❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
– Erase Codes
6
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 29

– I/M Readiness
– State OBD Check
– O2 Monitor Test
– Diagnostic Monitor Test
– Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•I/M Readiness
•State OBD Check
•Read Codes
•Pending Codes
•Freeze Frame
•O2 Monitor Test
•Diagnistic Monitor Test
•Playback
6 •Vehicle Information
✓ For Ford Enhanced diagnostics, the above functions have data to
review or print. For Review/Print Data instructions, refer to the
appropriate page in Using The Scan Tool.
6 – 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
– Tool Setup Menu

– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
IMPORTANT If the function is not supported by the vehicle, the Scan Tool
does not display it.
✓ If an Error Message displays, make sure the OBD II connector
is securely attached, and the ignition key is on. Cycle the ignition
key to off for 10 seconds, then on. This may be required to reset
the computer. If required, select yes to try again. If the problem still
All items marked with “-” are covered either in section 3 or

IMPORTANT 4. These items are not covered in this section.

❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes 6
– Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function retrieves DTCs from the vehicle’s
computer module(s). This function can be performed KOEO or
KOER. The Read Codes function retrieves all DTCs (MIL,
non-MIL and Pending) stored in the vehicle’s computer module(s).
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 31

•Use the UP or DOWN Diagnostic Codes Menu
arrow keys until Read Codes Read Codes
Datastream
is highlighted. Pending Codes
Erase Codes
Review Data
Print Data
✓ The Scan Tool retrieves the DTCs Code Lookup
stored in the vehicle’s computer
module(s).
✓ If no DTCs are present a message

stating System Pass: No faults
Read Codes
detected is displayed.
System Pass
No faults detected.
6 – 32 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

•Use the UP or DOWN P0113
1 of 3
ENG
arrow keys.
IAT Sensor 1
Circuit High Input
❒ In the examples shown:

MIL
❒ MIL indicates that this DTC has
turned on the MIL light.
❒ Pending Indicates a Global
OBD II pending code. Refer to 2 of 3
Pending Codes in Global OBD P1501 TRANS
Pending
II Diagnostics. Veh Spe ed Sensor
❒ Non-MIL is a DTC that is not Out of range Self Test
emission-related and did not
turn on the MIL light.
❒ ENG indicates the DTC is PENDING
stored in the engine or
powertrain computer.
❒ TRANS indicates that the DTC
is stored in the Transmission 3 of 3
computer.
P1623 ENG
Immobilizer
Write Failure
NON-MIL
Until all monitors have ran, the absence of a DTC does not mean the
IMPORTANT fault has been fixed.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 – 33
Ford Diagnostics
6 – 34 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 7 – Chrysler Diagnostics
✓ Due to different processor calibrations used, all Chrysler functions
for a particular vehicle may or may not appear as shown. Based on
the vehicle information entered at the Vehicle Setup menu, the
Scan Tool recognizes the computer system installed.
Chrysler Function List

✓ The Chrysler Function List is

broken down into the following Chrysler Functions
menus: Datastream
Datastream
Diagnostic Codes
Device Controls
❒ View Data Review Data
❒ Record Data Print Data
Code Lookup
❒ Sensor Test
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
7
❒ Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7–1
Chrysler Diagnostics
❒ Special Tests Menu Chrysler Functions

– I/M Readiness Diagnostic Codes
– Drive Cycle Monitor Special Tests
Device Controls
– State OBD Check Review Data
Print Data
– O2 Monitor Test Code Lookup
– Diagnostic Monitor Test Tool Setup
Tool Setup
– Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
❒ Device Controls Menu

❒ Switch Test
❒ Actuator Test
❒ Idle Speed Test
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•I/M Readiness
•O2 Monitor Test
•Diagnostic Monitor Test
7 •Vehicle Information
•Modules Present
•Read Codes
•Pending Codes
•View Freeze Data
•Playback
•State OBD Check
(List Continued)
7–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
✓ The above stored infromation can be reviewed for Chrysler

vehicles. Refer to Review Data and Print Data in the Using the
Scan Tool section of this manual.
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup Menu

– English/Metric
– Contrast Adjust
– Beeper
– Setup User Key
If the function is not supported by the vehicle, then the

IMPORTANT Scan Tool does not display it.
✓ If an Error Message displays, make sure the adapter cable is

exists, refer to “Error Messages” on page 9-2 of
Troubleshooting.
✓ Screens and functions may differ slightly for vehicle make and
year.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7–3
Datastream Menu
❒ Datastream Menu
❒ View Data
❒ Record Data
❒ Sensor Test
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
View Data
✓ The View Data function allows the user to view the vehicle param-
eter identification (PID) data in real time. As the powertrain control
module (PCM) monitors PIDs, they are simultaneously transmitted
to the Scan Tool. The PIDs are continuously updated at the PCM’s
rate.
✓ In addition to reading codes, View Data is the most useful diag-
nostic function for isolating the cause of a vehicle operation prob-
lem. Viewing data is also used for observing sensor data and the
on/off state of switches, solenoids, and relays.
✓ View Data can be performed with the ignition key on-engine off
(KOEO) or key on engine running (KOER).
7 Never operate the Scan Tool while driving. Have another
! WARNING person assist with the operation of the Scan Tool.

1.Select View Data. Datastream Menu

Record Data
key until View Data is Sensor Test
Print Data
7–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

2. Select the type of data to
view. Select Data to View
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Entire Data List
key to highlight.. Custom Data List
Customize Lines
English/Metric
✓ For additional View Data informa-

tion, refer to “Section 4 - Global
OBD II Diagnostics"of this man-
ual.

keys. A/C PRESS (V) 3.00
A/F RATIO 14:1
✓ A n/a or - - - indicates the PID is not ABSLT TPS (%)
ENGINE (RPM)
12.2
2352
used by the vehicle. CALC LOAD (%) 83.1
MAF (LB/M) 0.57
4. Change the selection of Cus-
tom Data List parameters.
•Press BACK.
5. Return to the Datastream Menu.

•Press BACK.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7–5
Record Data
✓ The Record Data function records vehicle PID data while the vehi-
cle is parked or being driven. This function is mainly used for diag-
nosing intermittent driveability problems that cannot be isolated by
any other method.
✓ The Scan Tool records data based on time (5 frames prior to the
start of the recording, and for a duration after). The time after
depends on the vehicle data rate.
✓ The Record Data function allows diagnosis of an intermittent prob-
lem by analyzing data leading up to the problem, during the prob-
lem, and possibly after the problem, depending on duration.

1.Select Record Data. Datastream Menu

Record Data
key until Record Data is Sensor Test
Print Data
✓ The Scan Tool can maintain only one recording at a time. Be sure
to thoroughly review the old recording before erasing it.

memory, a message to Erase Old Record Data
Recording is displayed. The Scan
7 Tool stores only one recording at a
Previous recording
in memory. Do you
time, so be sure to review it before want to erase it and
erasing it. make a new one?
<Yes> <No>
•Next, turn the ignition key on. Engine can be off or running.
2. Refer to “Record Data” on page 4-9 of

Global OBD II Diagnostics.
7–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Sensor Test
✓ The Sensor Test is used to view the sensor outputs of some mon-
itored vehicle systems. The Sensor Test is similar to View Data,
as it allows the user to read the current output of various sensors
throughout the vehicle.
NOTE: Sensor Test is only available on 1989-1995 Chrysler vehicles.
1.Select Sensor Test. Datastream Menu

Record Data
key until Sensor Test is Sensor Test
Tool Setup
2. Turn ignition key on — Engine can be off or running.

•Press ENTER and the Scan Tool will build a list of sensors and
display them.
3. View sensors on Scan Tool.

•One sensor will be displayed Sensor Test
per screen. Use the UP or
DOWN arrow keys to scroll
through the supported Viewing Sensor:
sensors. The Scan Tool A/C PRES (PSI) 439.26
displays the status of the
sensor. 7
4. Return to the Datastream Menu.

•Press BACK.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7–7


❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
❒ Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function enables the Scan Tool to retrieve and dis-
play any specific emission-related diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
stored in vehicle’s memory. This function can be performed with key
on engine off (KOEO) or key on engine running (KOER).

1.Select Read Codes.
7 key until Read Codes is Read Codes
highlighted. Pending Codes
Erase Codes
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup

7–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
✓ If no DTCs have been stored in

vehicle’s memory, a System Pass
Read Codes
screen displays.
System Pass
•Use the UP or DOWN No faults detected.
arrow keys to scroll through the
DTCs.
✓ The DTCs are categorized by ENG

(engine) or TRANS (transmission). 1 of 3
The Chrysler MIL code (3-digit) and P0406 ENG
SAE code (5-digit) follow.
EGR Position
HI
MIL Code 213
✓ There may be times where only

one or both display. Dashes dis- 2 of 3
play if the DTC type does not ----- ENG
exist.
Shrt Run Value
Circuit
MIL Code 217
3 of 3 7
P1288 ENG
Shrt Run Value

Circuit
MIL Code ---

•Press BACK.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7–9
Erase Codes
✓ The Erase Codes function deletes the DTCs from the vehicle’s
computer memory. Perform this function only after the systems
have been checked completely and DTCs have been docu-
mented. This function should be performed KOEO. Do not start
engine.
✓ After servicing the vehicle, erase the stored DTCs, perform a road
test, and then verify no new codes have been stored. If DTCs
return, the problem has not been corrected or other faults are
present.
From the Diagnostic Codes Menu.

1.Select Erase Codes. Diagnostic Codes Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Read Codes

Pending Codes
key until Erase Codes is Erase Codes
highlighted. View Fre eze Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
2. Follow the instructions.

•Press ENTER. Erase Codes
Turn ignition key on.
Engine must be off

to erase codes.
7 Press ENTER to cont.
✓ A message confirms the codes

are erased. Erase Codes
3. Return to Diagnostic Codes Codes Erased.
Menu.
•Press ENTER.
7 – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Device Controls Menu

❒ Device Controls Menu

❒ Switch Test
❒ Actuator Test
❒ Idle Speed Test
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
Switch Test
✓ The Switch Test is used to test the operation of switches on var-
ious Chrysler vehicle systems. These systems may include cruise
control, A/C, braking, and the shift lever position.
✓ Because of differences in vehicle designs, the Switch Test may
not test the same switches in every car.
NOTE: Switch Test is only available on 1989-1995 Chrysler vehicles.
From the Device Controls Menu:
1.Select Switch Test. Device Controls Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Switch Test

Actuator Test
key until Switch Test is Idle Spe ed Test
7
Tool Setup
2. Select switch to test.

•Use the UP or DOWN Select Sw to Test
arrow key. A/C CLUTCH REL
•Press ENTER. A/C SWITCH SEN
A/C REQUEST
AIR SW SOL
✓ Switches for the engine and

ASD RELAY
BRAKE SWITCH
transmission are combined into CHECK ENG LT
one list when applicable.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 7 – 11
3. Operate selected switch.

•To test switch, press the Switch Test
switch. The switch status on
the bottom should change if the Testing Switch:
switch is working.
AC CLUTCH RLY
Switch is Off
4. To test another switch.
•Press BACK.
5. Return to the Device

Controls Menu.
•Press BACK.
Actuator Test
✓ The Actuator Test is used to check the operation of many of the
computer-controlled relays and solenoids. This is also helpful for
checking voltages and output signals. Use a voltmeter to check the
output signals at each relay and solenoid to verify their operation.
To do this, take voltage readings at relays and solenoids before
beginning this test. Then activate the test to energize the relays
and solenoids. Check voltages again to determine if they are func-
tioning properly. Remember to write down readings for reference.
✓ Not all vehicles have the same actuators. The Scan Tool will not
allow the test of actuators not present on the vehicle.
Some Actuator Tests may activate the fuel pump.
! CAUTION Do not disconnect any fuel lines or remove fuel
injectors unless it is required by the service man-
ual. Be sure to reconnect all lines when testing is
complete.
7
Gasoline leaking onto hot engine and exhaust parts
! WARNING can cause fire or other hazardous conditions.
NOTE: Actuator Test is only available on 1989-1995 Chrysler vehicles
.From the Device Controls Menu:

1.Select Actuator Test. Device Controls Menu
Switch Test
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Actuator Test
key until Actuator Test is Idle Spe ed Test
Print Data
✓ Follow all instructions on the Scan Tool screen. It will prompt the
user when to turn the ignition key on, do not start the engine.
7 – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2. Select Actuator to test.

•Use the UP or DOWN Pick Actuator Test
arrow key. 2-3 GEAR LOCK
•Press ENTER. A/C CLUTCH REL
AIR SW SOL
AIS MOTOR O/C
ALL SOLS/RELS
ALT FIELD
O2 HTR DWNSTRM
✓ Actuators for the engine and transmission are combined into one
list when applicable.
✓ If the actuator selected is not available for the vehicle under test,
the Scan Tool will indicate so. If the actuator is available, the Scan
Tool will energize that actuator
✓ Use a voltmeter to test the actua-

tor for correct operation.
Actuator Test
Testing Actuator:
AIR SW SOL
BACK to select
different actuator
3. To test another actuator.

•Press BACK.
4. Return to the Device Controls Menu. 7

•Press BACK.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 7 – 13
Idle Speed Test

✓ The Idle Speed Test is used to test the functionality of the vehicle
idle speed control system. The test allows the user to enter the
desired engine speed. The test vehicle should respond by match-
ing the speed commanded. If the vehicle matches the comanded
engine speed, the idle speed control system is functioning prop-
erly.
NOTE: Idle Speed Test is only available on 1989-1995 Chrysler vehicles.
From the Device Controls Menu:
1.Select Idle Speed Test. Device Controls Menu
•Use UP or DOWN arrow Switch Test

Actuator Test
key until Idle Speed Test is Idle Spe ed Test
Tool Setup
✓ The Scan Tool instructions may vary depending on the vehicle

information entered. However, in all cases it will instruct the user
to perform the following:
❒ Set the parking brake.
❒ Turn A/C off.
❒ Start engine and let idle.

! WARNING during test.
7 Carbon monoxide (CO) and other vehicle emissions
! WARNING are harmful or fatal to personnel. Always operate
vehicle in a well ventilated area.
2. Check engine idle speed.

•Use the UP or DOWN Idle Spe ed Test
arrow keys to change the Ideal
RPM (engine speed). The Actual RPM 0
vehicle should respond by Ideal RPM 800
matching the Ideal RPM.
To Change RPM
3. Return to the Device Controls Menu.

•Press BACK.
7 – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Section 8 – Import Diagnostics
IMPORT (OBD II) DIAGNOSTICS
IMPORT Function List

✓ The IMPORT Function List is

broken down into the following Import Function List
menus: Datastream
Diagnostic Codes
Review Data
– View Data Print Data
– Record Data Code Lookup
Tool Setup
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
8
❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
– Erase Codes
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup
– I/M Readiness
– State OBD Check
– O2 Monitor Test
– Modules Present
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
(List Continued)
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8–1
IMPORT (OBD II) Diagnostics
❒ Review Data
❒ Print Data
•I/M Readiness
•DTC (Codes)
•Pending Codes
•Freeze Frame
•O2 Monitor Test
•Diagnostic Monitor Tests
•Vehicle Info
•Playback
•State OBD Check
•Modules Present
✓ The following stored infromation can be reviewed for Import vehi-
cles. Refer to Review Data and Print Data in the Using the Scan
Tool section of this manual.
– Code Lookup
– Tool Setup menu
– English/Metric
– Display Contrast
– Beeper
8 – Setup User Key
✓ If an Error Message displays, make sure the OBD II connector is


❒ Read Codes
– Pending Codes
– Erase Codes
– Code Lookup
– Review Data
– Print Data
– Tool Setup
8–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Read Codes
✓ The Read Codes function allows the Scan Tool to read the DTCs from
the vehicle’s control modules. DTCs are used to help determine the
cause of a problem or problems with a vehicle. These codes cause the
control module to illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
when emission-related or driveability fault occurs. MIL is also known
as service engine soon or check engine lamp.

Pending Codes
Review Data
Print Data
Code Lookup
8
✓ If no DTCs are present a message stating System Pass: No Faults
Detected is displayed.

•Use UP or DOWN arrow key.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8–3
❒ In the example shown module

(MOD) $18 is reporting the 1 of 3
DTCs. P0113 MOD $18
IAT Sensor 1
Circuit High Input
✓ On some Toyota vehicles the tool will show current and history DTC status
information.

• Press BACK.
8–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Section 9 – Troubleshooting
How to Use On-Line Help

Scan tool contains On-Line Help for specific Scan Tool screens,
functions, and error messages.
✓ When icon (?) appears on the top of the display, On-Line Help is
available.
To Use On-Line Help:
1.Press HELP Key.
✓ Notice Text:
❒ Use UP or DOWN arrow On bottom line of
display: Show
key if required. text "Above" scre en.
On bottom line of
display: Show
text "Below" scre en.
2. Return to original screen.

• Press BACK key.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9–1
Troubleshooting
Error Messages
Check the following if an error message displays:
❒ Verify ignition key is in the ON and not in the ACCESSORIES
position.
❒ Make sure OBD II Cable is attached to vehicle’s data link
connector (DLC) and Scan Tool.
❒ Look at DLC and check for cracked or recessed pins, or for any
substance that could prevent a good electrical connection.
❒ Test for continuity between the DLC wiring and the computer. In
an extreme case, there may be a broken wire.
❒ Check for bent or broken pins.
❒ With the key on engine off (KOEO), check for blown fuses.
❒ Make sure the vehicle’s control module has a good ground. If the
computer case is grounded, then clean the connection and apply
a conductive (dielectric) grease to the mating surfaces.
❒ With the KOEO, verify battery voltage is at least 8.0V
❒ Verify the control module is not defective. Refer to the service
manual to diagnose the control module.
Scan Tool Does Not Power Up

✓ Review Safety Precautions before troubleshooting.
If Scan Tool will not power up, communicate with vehicle’s control
module, pass Scan Tool self-tests, or functions incorrectly in any other
way, do the following:
❒ Check and replace the 9V battery if needed.
❒ Clean the DLC pins.
❒ Disconnect and reconnect DLC making sure it is connected
9 correctly.
❒ Check vehicle battery to make sure at least 8.0 volts is present.
❒ Contact customer service.
9 – 2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Troubleshooting
Vehicle Communication Fault

The vehicle’s control module(s) enters into an unrecoverable state.
1.Turn vehicle key to off

position. Vehicle Comm Fault
• Wait 10 seconds.
Please Turn the
• Press ENTER. Key Off
For 10 Seconds
Press ENTER
To Reset Tool.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9–3
Troubleshooting
Operating Error or Erroneous Data.

An Operating Error or Erroneous Data occurs if vehicle’s computer(s)
stop(s) communicating with Scan Tool.
1.Make Selection
• Use LEFT or RIGHT Operating Error
arrow key.
Check Connections
•Press ENTER. Try Again?
Yes No
✓ See “Error Messages” on page 9-2 for possible causes.
9 – 4• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Troubleshooting
Battery Replacement
The Scan Tool requires 9V alkaline battery to operate without vehicle
power.
✓ When the battery needs to be replaced, the low-battery icon ()

displays.
✓ Rechargeable batteries do not last as long as alkaline types and

are not recommended.
✓ Non-rechargeable Lithium (Li) battery can be used. Though

Lithium types last longer than the alkaline types, they are more
expensive.
1.Place Display Face Down.

• On non-abrasive surface.
2. Remove Battery Cover.

• Turning phillips screw
counterclockwise.
• Slide battery cover off.
3. Remove Battery and Properly

Discard.
9
4. Install New Battery.
• 9V Alkaline Battery.
5. Reinstall Battery Cover.

• Slide battery cover on.
• Install phillips screw turning it clockwise.
• Do not overtighten screw.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9–5
Troubleshooting
Tool Self-Tests
Tool Self-Tests check the display, keys, and internal memory.
✓ Refer to Using The Scan Tool section of the manual for the
operation procedures for Scan Tool self-tests.
Technical Support
• Toll-Free Number: 1-800-228-7667.
• Website: www.actron.com.
9 – 6• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Appendix A – PID Definitions
All global parameter identification data (PID) listed was verified on actual vehicles to
guarantee accuracy. PID Definitions were obtained from reliable sources and are accu-
rate at time of printing. It is possible that some newer vehicles may contain data different
from that listed in Appendix A. Always refer to vehicle service manual for manufacturer
specific PIDs.
The PID list is organized in alphabetical order — the same way the scan tool does.
Remember, always refer to a vehicle service manual for detailed diagnostic procedures
when troubleshooting incorrect PID values.
Types of Data Parameters
INPUT:These data parameters are obtained from sensor circuit outputs.
Sensor circuit outputs are inputs to vehicle’s PCM. For example, if Oxy-
gen Sensor circuit was generating a 400mV signal, then scan tool would
read O2S (v) 0.40.
OUTPUT:These data parameters are outputs or commands that come di-
rectly from computer module(s). For example; the ignition spark advance
is controlled by PCM, on most vehicles, monitoring this PID shows spark
output from PCM. The scan tool would display IGN ADV(º) 10.
CALCULATED:These data parameters are calculated after analyzing
various inputs.
VALUE the vehicle’s computer module(s). For example, the engine load.
The PCM calculates this from sensor inputs and displays it in a percent-
age.
PCM VALUE:Is information that is stored in the computer module(s)’
memory and determined to be useful to service technician. An example
of this is TROUBLE CODE value, the DTC that caused a freeze frame
capture.
✓ NOTE: Several different causes can have the same parameter indication.
For information on diagnostics consult vehicle service manuals.
DATA PARAMETER LIST
ABS FRP (0 - 65,5350 kPA) or (0 - 95050.5 psi)
Absolute Fuel Rail Pressure is the fuel pressure at the engine in respect to atmospheric
pressure.
ABS LOAD (0 - 100%)
Absolute Load Value is the normalized value of air mass per intake stroke in percentage.
ABSLT TPS (0 - 100%)
Absolute Throttle Position represents normalized distance the throttle is opened.
ACC POS D,E or F (0 - 100%)
Accelerator Pedal Position represents normalized distance the gas pedal is pressed.
A
BARO PRESS (0 - 255 kPA) or (0 - 36.9 psi)
Barometric Pressure is usually received from a dedicated barometer, manifold absolute
pressure sensor, and other inputs during certain modes of driving.
✓ The Baro Press may not exhibit the same value as weather services, which
measure barometric pressure at sea level.
CALC LOAD (0 - 100%)
Calculated LOAD Value indicates the normalized load value on the engine.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A–1
PID Definitions
CAT TEMPxy (- 40 – 6513.5ºC) or ( - 40 ENGINE (0 – 16,383.75 RPM)

– 9999.9ºF) Engine is the speed engine is running in
Catalyst Temperature displays the cata- revolutions per minute (RPM).
lyst substrate temperature for a Bank x EQ RATxy
catalyst (if used by control module strat- O2 Sensor Equivalence Ratio is used for
egy for OBD monitoring) or displays the linear or wide-ratio oxygen sensors for
Bank x Sensor y catalyst temperature Bank x Sensor y.
sensor.
EVAP REQ (0 – 100%)
CLR DST (0 – 65,535 km) or (0 – 40,722 Commanded Evaporative Purge is the
miles) position evaporative purge control valve
Distance Since Cleared Diagnostic is open in percentage.
Codes is the distance driven since diag-
nostic trouble codes were erased. EVAP VP (- 8192 – 8191 PA) or (-
32.8878 – 32.8838 H20)
CLR TIM (0 – 65,535 min) or (0 – 1092.25
Evaporative E missions System Vapor
hours)
Pressure is pressure in the fuel tank
Time Since Cleared Diagnostic Code is
time since diagnostic trouble codes were FUEL LVL (0 – 100%)
erased. Fuel Level Input is the percentage of fuel
with 0% equaling tank is full and 100%
CMD EQ RATxy (0 – 1.99)
when tank is empty.
Commanded Equivalence Ratio is the
ratio of the air/fuel mixture. FUEL PRES (0 – 765 kPa) or (0 - 110 psi)
• For systems that use conventional Fuel Rail Pressure is the fuel pressure at
oxygen sensors, the commanded the engine when reading in reference to
equivalence ratio displays in open atmosphere pressure.
loop. In closed loop, the value is 1.0. FUEL SYS (OPEN or CLSD)
• Fuel systems using wide-range/lin- Fuel System Status show loop status of
ear oxygen sensors display com- fuel system banks.
manded equivalence ratio in both
open and closed loop operation. OPEN: Module is operating in
Open Loop control strate-
COOLANT (- 40 – 215ºC) or (- 40 –
gy. The vehicle has not yet
419ºF)
satisfied conditions for
Coolant displays engine coolant temper-
Module to go to closed
ature (ECT) from a ECT sensor or cylinder
loop.
head temperature sensor.
✓ Many diesel engines do not
CLSD: PCM currently functioning
in Closed loop control strat-
use either sensor and may
substitute Engine Oil Temper- egy, using O2 sensor(s) as
ature instead. feedback for fuel control
EGR CMD (0 – 100%) OPEN1: Open Loop control strategy
Commanded Exhaust Gas Recirculation is being used by the PCM
is the normalized percentage of exhaust due to driving conditions.
gas being recirculated. Driving conditions that may
cause this to happen are
EGR ERR (-100 – 99.22%) power enrichment and de-
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Error shows celeration enrichment.
the error from changing from one condi-
A tion to another.
OPEN2: The PCM is operating in
Open Loop control strategy
ENG RUN (0 – 65,535 sec.) due to detected system
Time since Engine Start is the time the fault. Certain actuator or
engine is running. sensor faults will cause
✓ ENG RUN stops when engine module to use an open loop
stalls or engine is turned off strategy.
for any reason. CLSD1: Closed Loop control is cur-
A–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions
rent storage being used by O2Sxy (0 – 1.275V)

module, but a fault with at Oxygen Sensor Output Voltage is the volt-
least one O2 sensor has age generated from the oxygen sensor to
been detected. The control increase and decrease the amount of
system may be using single exhaust gas.
O2 for fuel control calcula- O2Sxy (- 128 – 127.996mA)
tions. Oxygen Sensor Output Amp is used for
IAT TEMP (- 40 – 215ºC) or (- 40 – 419ºF) linear or wide ratio oxygen sensors to
Intake Air Temperature is a measure of increase and decrease the amount of
intake air temperature to determine cor- exhaust gas
rect air/fuel ratios and spark timing oper- OBD2 STAT (CA, OBDI, US, NONE, EU
ations. and/or JA)
IGN ADV (- 64 – 63.5º) On Board Diagnostic shows what vehicle was
Ignition Timing Advance for cylinder is a made for.
signal of how much spark advance to add CA - Indicates test vehicle meets
to base engine timing (expressed in California on board diag-
crankshaft degrees). nostic ARB requirements
LT FL FTRM (-100 – 99.22%) OBD I - Indicates test vehicle does
Long Term Fuel Trim Bank is the fuel mix- not meet OBDII require-
ture adjustment. The mixture can range, ments.
with midpoint being 0. US - Indicates test vehicle meets
✓ Positive reading indicates Federal EPA requirements.
module commanded a NONE - Indicates test vehicle is not
long-term rich mixture correc- on board diagnostic compli-
tion in response to a lean
operating condition. A nega- ant.
tive reading indicates module EU - Indicates test vehicle meets Eu-
has commanded a long-term ropean on board diagnostic
lean mixture in response to a requirement.
rich operating condition.
JA - Indicates test vehicle meets
MAF (0 – 655.35 g/s) or (0 – 86.5 lb/min) Japanese on board diag-
Mass Air Flow Rate indicates the mass of nostic requirement.
air entering engine.
OUTSID AIR (- 40 – 215ºC) or (- 40 –
MAP (0 – 255 kPa) or (Hg) 419ºF)
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure dis- Outside Air Temperature gives tempera-
plays manifold pressure. ture outside.
MIL DIST (0 – 65,535 km) or (0 – 40,722 PTO STATUS (OFF or ON)
miles) Power Take Off Status allows module to
Distance Traveled while Malfunction Indi- keep track of Power at Take-Off.
cator Lamp is Active is a counter that dis-
plays distance traveled since the MIL “or REL FRP (0 – 5177.27 kPa) or (0 – 750.
Check Engine or Service Engine Soon” psi)
light came on. Relative Fuel Rail Pressure (Vacuum) is
the fuel rail pressure at engine.
MIL STAT (ON or OFF)
Monitor Status Data Trouble Code state REL TPS (0 – 100%)
that module is commanding Malfunction Relative Throttle Position is the normal- A
Indicator Lamp to be on if problem exists. ized relative throttle position.
MIL TIME (0 – 65,535 min) or (0 – SECOND AIR (AIR_STAT: UPS, DNS or
1092.25Hrs) OFF)
Distance Since Monitor Status Data Trou- Commanded Secondary Air Status is on
ble Code is the distance traveled since the newer vehicles and actuators to control
MIL “or Check Engine or Service Engine pollution control.
Soon” light came on. UPS - UP STREAM module is de-
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A–3
PID Definitions
manding that secondary air captured, this PID will be zero.

be added at exhaust mani- VEH SPEED (0 – 255 K/h) or (0 – 158
folds mph)
DNS - DOWN STREAM module is Vehicle Speed shows the speed the vehi-
demanding secondary air be cle is going.
added at catalytic converter
VPWR (0 - 65.535V)
OFF - Module is demanding no sec- Control Module Voltage is the power input
ondary air to be added. to the control module.
ST FTRMxy (- 100 – 99.22%) ✓ Vehicles using a 42V battery
Short-term Fuel Trim Bank calculated may utilize multiple voltages
value represents the short-term relation of of different systems. There-
fuel metering on a fuel-injected engine. fore, the VPWR value may be
✓ Short-term Fuel Trim calcu-
significantly different than the
battery.
lated value that has a positive
percentage is a rich fuel trim
and if a negative percentage
is present the fuel trim is lean.
ST FLTRMx (- 100 – 99.2%)
Short-term Fuel Trim value represents the
short-term relation of fuel metering on a
fuel-injected engine.
✓ Short-term Fuel Trim value
with a positive percentage is
a rich fuel trim and if a nega-
tive percentage is present the
fuel trim is lean.
THR POS (0 – 100%)
Absolute Throttle Position is the position
the throttle is located. The more the throt-
tle is closed the less percent shown.
THROT CMD (0 – 100%)
Commanded Throttle Actuator Control is
the position of the throttle. If throttle is
closed the percent will be 0 and if wide
open 100%.
TRIPS SNC CLR (0 – 255)
Number of warm-ups since diagnostic
trouble codes cleared. Warm-up is when
temperature of coolant rises to at least
22ºC (40ºF) from engine starting and
reaching a minimum temperature of 70ºC
(160ºF). In a diesel engine, the minimum
temperature is 60ºC (140ºF.)
✓ If there is more than 255 that
A the engine warms up the
TRIPS SNC CLR will remain
at 255.
TROUB CODE (0000 – FFFF)
Trouble Code Parameter will give the
diagnostic trouble code that caused a
freeze frame capture. This information is
helpful in diagnosing the cause of a drive-
ability. If no freeze frame data has been
A–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions
PID List service manual for

manufacturer specific PIDs.
All parameter identification
The PID list is organized in
data (PID) listed was verified
alphabetical order — the
on actual vehicles to
same way the scan tool
guarantee accuracy. PID
does. Remember, always
Definitions were obtained
refer to a vehicle service
from reliable sources and are
manual for detailed
accurate at time of printing. It
diagnostic procedures when
is possible that some newer
troubleshooting incorrect
vehicles may contain data
PID values.
different from that listed.
Always refer to vehicle
PID Extended Description
#MISF LST 200 Number of Misfire last 200 Revs (Weighted)
#TRPS SNC MISF Number of Trips Since the Time of Misfire
% GRADE Percent Grade
1/2 FUEL CUT 50% Fuel Cut OFF Module
1-2 DES WOT 1-2 Shift Desired WOT RPM
1-2 ERROR 1-2 Shift Time Error
1-2 SFT 1-2 Shift Time
1-2 SOL 1-2 Shift Solenoid
1-2 SOL OSG 1-2 Shift Solenoid Open/Short To Ground
1-2 SOL STP 1-2 Shift Solenoid Short To Volts
1-2 WOT APT 1-2 Shift WOT RPM Adapt
1-2APT HICEL 1-2 Adapt High Cell
1-2APT LOCEL 1-2 Adapt Low Cell
1-4 SFT SOL 1-4 Shift Solenoid
12V REF 12 Volt Reference Voltage
1ST GEAR SW 1st Gear Switch
2-1 SHIFT 2-1 Shift Time
2-3 GEAR LOCK 2-3 Gear Lock
2-3 SOL 2-3 Shift Solenoid
2-3 SOL OSG 2-3 Shift Solenoid Open/Short To Ground
2-3 SOL STP 2-3 Shift Solenoid Short To Volts
2-4 SOL 2-4 Solenoid
2-4/LR PRES SW 2 - 4 2-4/LR Pressure Switch
2-4KICK-L/R CL 2 - 4 Kickdown or Low / Reverse - Reverse Clutch
2/4 CL VOL IND 2/4 Clutch Volume Index
24X SENSOR 24x Sensor RPM
24X CKP SEN 24 Times Crankshaft Sensor
2-5 LAST CODE ID 2-5 to Last Code Received
25 MPH REACHED 25 Miles Per Hour Reached A
2C CL VOL IND 2C Clutch Volume Index
2C CLUTCH ST 2C Clutch State
2C PRESS SW 2C Pressure Switch
2C SOL 2C Solenoid
2GR START LMP 2 GR Start Lamp
2ND FUEL PUMP 2nd Fuel Pump Relay Control
2ND GEAR SW 2nd Gear Switch
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A–5
PID Definitions

2ND TRIP FT 2nd Trip With Same Fuel Trim
2ND TRIP MISF 2nd Trip With Same Misfires
2WD HIGH LGHT 2 Wheel Drive High Indicator Light
3-2 SFT 3-2 Downshift
3-2 SFT ENABLE 3-2 Downshift Solenoid Enable
3-2 SOL PWM 3-2 Downshift Solenoid PWM
3RD GEAR SW 3rd Gear Switch
3X ENG ACT 3x Engine Speed Activity
4C CLUTCH ST 4C Clutch State
4C PRESS SW 4C Pressure Switch
4C SOL 4C Solenoid
4TH GEAR SW 4th Gear Switch
4WD 4 Wheel Drive
4WD HIGH LIGHT 4 Wheel Drive High Indicator Light
4WD LOW Low Speed WD
4WD LOW LIGHT 4 Wheel Drive Low Indicator Light
4WD MODE 4-wheel Drive Mode Signal
4X BETWEEN CAM 4X Refrence Between Cam Counter
4X REF CNT 4X Reference Pulse Counter
4X4L Low Speed 4WD
5V REF A 5 Volts Reference A
5V REF B 5 Volts Reference B
5V REF AUX Auxillary 5 Volt Output
5V REF PRI Primary 5 Volt Output
A.I.R. PUMP Air Injection Reactor Pump Relay Control
A/C CLCH REL Air Conditioning Clutch Relay
A/C CLUTCH Air Conditioning Clutch
A/C CLUTCH RLY Air Conditioning Clutch Relay
A/C COMMAND Commanded A/C
A/C COMPRESSOR Air Conditioning Compressor
A/C CUTOUT RLY Air Conditioning Cutout Relay
A/C EVAP A/C Evaporative Temperature
A/C PRES A/C Pressure
A/C PRESS A/C Pressure A/D
A/C PSI DISAB A/C Psi Disable
A/C RELAY Air Conditioning Clutch Relay
A/C REQ A/C Requested
A/C REQUEST SW Air Conditioning Requested
A/C RLY COM Air Conditioning Relay Command
A A/C RLY DR H Air Conditioning Relay Driver High
A/C RLY DR L Air Conditioning Relay Driver Low
A/C RLY OSG Air Conditioning Relay Circuit Open/Short To Ground
A/C RLY STP Air Conditioning Relay Circuit To Volts
A/C SELECT SW Air Conditioning Select Switch
A/C SLUGGING A/C Slugging
A/C STATUS A/C Status
A/D INPUT A/D Input
A–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

A/F DESIRED A/F Ratio
A/F RATIO Air Fuel Ratio
ABS EBTCM Anti Braking System Electronic Body Traction Control Module
ABS EN RELAY Anti Braking System Engage Relays
ABS FAIL LT Anti Braking System Fail Light
ABS FRP Absolute Fuel Rail pressure
ABS IGNITION Anti Braking System Ignition
ABS LOAD Absolute Load
ABS LT FLASH Anti Braking System Light Flashing
ABSLT TPS (%) Absolute Throttle Position Sensor
ABS MODE Anti Braking System Mode
ABS RELAY Anti Braking System Relay
ABS WARN LT Anti-Lock Braking System Warning Light
AC CLUTCH Air Conditioner Clutch Relay Control
AC ENABLED Air Conditioner Enabled
AC EVAP(°F)/(°C) Air Conditioner Evaporator Temperature
AC FAN REQST Air Conditioner Fan Request
AC HEAD PRES Air Conditioner Head Pressure
AC HI PRES SW A/C Hi Pressure Switch
AC HIGHSIDE A/C Highside Temperature
AC HIS PR Air Conditioning High Side Pressure
AC LOWSIDE A/C Lowside Temperature
AC PL/GUL Accumulated Time In Park Lock and Gradual Unlock
AC PR OUT RNG A/C Pressure Out of Range
AC PRES(PSI)/(KPA) Air Conditioner Refrigerant Pressure
AC PRES(V) Air Conditioner Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
AC PRESS SW Air Conditioner Refrigerant Pressure Switch
AC RELAY A/C Relay
AC REQUEST Air Conditioner Request Switch
ACC POS D Accelerator Pedal D
ACC POS E Accelerator Pedal E
ACC POS F Accelerator Pedal F
ACCS A/C Cyclic Switch
ACL SIGNAL ACL Signal
ACP A/C Pressure
ACPSW A/C Pressure Switch
ACT Air Charge Temperature
ACT A/D Air Charge Temperature Analog to Digital Reading
ACT AIS POS Actual AIS Motor Position
ACT GAS FLW Actual Gas Flow
ACTUAL TPS Actual Throttle Position
ACTUATOR TST Actuator Test
ADD ADPT FUEL Adaptive Adjustment of Fuel Injector
ADD APT FUEL2 Adaptive Adjustment of Fuel Injector Bank 2
ADD FUEL2 Adaptive Adjustment of Fuel Injector Bank 2
ADDED FUEL Adaptive Adjustment of Fuel Injector
ADPT FUEL (%) Adaptive Fuel Factor A
ADPT FUEL1-2 (%) Adaptive Fuel Factor Bank 1-2
ADPT KNOCK Adaptable Knock Retard
ADPT SHIFT Adaptable Shift
AIR ASSIST SOL Air Assist Solenoid
AIR DIVRT SOL Air Divert Solenoid Control
AIR MOTOR O/C Air Motor O/C
AIS MTR POS Automatic Idle Speed Motor Position
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A–7
PID Definitions

AIR PUMP Air Pump
AIR PUMP RELAY Air Pump Relay
AIR PUMP SOL CMD Air Pump Solenoid Comand
AIR SOLENOID Air Solenoid
AIR STAT Air Status
AIR SWITCH Air Switch
AIR SW SOL Air Switch Solenoid Control
AIS POS REQ Automatic Idle Speed Position Request
AIS POSITION Automated Idle Speed Position
ALCH CTNT Fuel Alcohol Content
ALCOHOL(%) Alcohol Concentration In Fuel
ALL SOL/REL All Solenoids/Relays
ALL SOLS/RELS All Solenoids/Relays
Alt F-Term Alternator F-terminal A/D
ALT FIELD Alternator Field
AMB/BAT A/D Battery/Ambient Temperature Analog to Digital Reading
AMB/BAT S/N Ambient Battery Serial Number
AMB/BATSNS Ambient Battery Serial Numbers
AMB/BATT Ambient/Battery Temperature
AMB AIR TEMP(V) Ambient Air Temperature
APP 1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1
APP ANGLE Accelerator Pedal Position Angle
APP AVG Applied Pedal Position Average
APP IND Accelerator Pedal Indicated Angle
APP MY Application Model Year
ASD FUEL SYS Auto Shutdown Fuel System
ASD RELAY Auto Shutdown Relay
ASD RELAY SNS Auto Shutdown Relay Sense
ATC SLIP Auto Traction Control Slip Speed
AUTO 4WD LGHT Auto 4 Wheel Drive Indicator Light
AUTO LRN TMR Auto Learn Timer
AUTOSTK Autostick Vehicle
AUTOSTK DWNS Autostick Downshift
AUTOSTK GEAR Autostick Gear Position
AUTOSTK/OD LO Autostick / OverDrive Lock-Out
AUTOSTK UPS Autostick Upshift
AUX FAN Auxillary Fan
AVG BPW BK1 Average Bank Pulse Width Bank 1
AVG BPW BK2 Average Bank Pulse Width Bank 2
AWD ENBL All Wheel Drive Enabled
B1 CL1 O2FDB Bank 1 (Left) Closed Loop (Mode 1) Normal O2S Feedback
B1 CL2 O2SF Bank 1 (Left) Closed Loop (Mode 2), Fault with 1 O2S
B1 OL NC Bank 1 (Left) Open Loop Condition Not Yet Met
B1 OL2 DR Bank 1 (Left) Open Loop (Mode 2) Due To Driving Conditions
A B1 OL3 FLT Bank 1 (Left) Open Loop (Mode 3) Due To System Fault
B2 CL1 O2FDB Bank 2 (Right) Closed Loop (Mode 1) Normal O2S Feedback
B2 CL2 O2SF Bank 2 (Right) Closed Loop (Mode 2) Fault with 1 O2S
B2 OL NC Bank 2 (Right) Open Loop Condition Not Yet Met
B2 OL2 DR Bank 2 (Right) Open Loop (Mode 2) Due To Driving Conditions
B2 OL3 FLT Bank 2 (Right) Open Loop (Mode 3) Due To System Fault
BAD CYL ID Bad Cylinder Identification
BAL BYPSS REL Ballast Bypass Relay
A–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

BARO Barometric Pressure
BARO PRESS Barometric Pressure
BARO(V)/("HG)/(KPA) Barometric Pressure
BARO PRS Barometric Pressure Sensor
BARO READ Barometric Pressure Reading
BARO READ SOL Barometric Pressure Solenoid
BARO SOL Barometric Pressure Solenoid
BARO UPDT Barometric Pressure Read Update
BAT TRM OFFSET Battery Transmission Offset
BATT ECM Battery Voltage measured by Engine Control Module (CM551)
BATT TCM Battery Voltage measured by Transmission Control Module
BATT TEMP(°F)/(°C) Battery Temperature
BATT TEMP(V) Battery Temperature Sensor
BATT VOLTS Battery Voltage
BATTERY (V) Battery Voltage
BLM (BLM L & R) See LT FUEL TRIM
BLM CELL See LT FUEL TRANSMISSION CL
BLM ENABLED See LT FUEL TRANSMISSION EN
BLM FINAL Block Learn Memory Final
BLST BP RLY Ballast Bypass Relay
BOO Brake On/Off
BOO-BRAKE SW Brake On/Off Switch
BOO/BPP Brake ON / OFF
BOOST (KPA)/(PSI) Boost Pressure
BOOST(%)/("HG)/(KPA) Turbocharger Boost Pressure
BOOST GOAL Boost Pressure Goal
BOOST PRES Boost Pressure
BOOST SOL Boost Solenoid Pulse Width Module
BRAKE F LVL Brake Fluid Level Switch
BRAKE FLUID Brake Fluid
BRAKE SW Brake Switch
BRAKE SW CKT Brake Switch Circuit
BRAKE SWITCH Brake Switch
BRAKE WARN LT Brake Warning Light
BRK BST VAC Brake Booster Vacuum
BRKBST VAC Brake Booster Vacuum
BRK OFF DELAY Brake Off Delay
BRK TELLTALE Brake Telltale
BRK TRQ TST Brake Torque Test
BRK WARN CKT Brake Warning Circuit
BST GOAL Turbocharger Boost Pressure Goal
BST PRES Turbocharger Boost Pressure
BST REQ("HG)/(KPA) Turbocharger Boost Pressure Requested
C1 PRES SW C1 Pressure Switch
C3 C3
C3 PRES SW C3 Pressure Switch A
C4 C4
CAL AC LD Calculated A/C Load
CAL POT ADJST Calibration Potentiometer Adjustment
CALC CNVRT Calculated Converter Temperature
CALC CONVERT Calculated Converter Temperature
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A–9
PID Definitions

CALC ECT Calculated Engine Coolant Temperature
CALC FLOW Calculated Flow
CALC LOAD (%) Calculated Engine Load
CALC VAC Calculated Engine Vacuum
CALPOT MULTIPL Calibration Potentiometer Multiple
CAM DC Camshaft Position Commanded Duty Cycle
CAM EDGE CNT Camshaft Edge Counter
CAM EDGE CNTR Camshaft Edge Counter
CAM ENG SPD Cam Engine Speed Activity
CAM ERR Camshaft Position Error
CAM INPUT HI-LOW Cam Signal Input - High To Low
CAM INPUT LOW-HI Cam Signal Input - Low To High
CAM RE-SYNC Cam Re-syncs Counter
CAM RETARD Cam Retard
CAM SIG PRES Cam Signal Present
CAM SIG PRESENT Cam Signal Present
CANPRG DR H Canister Purge Driver High
CANPRG DR L Canister Purge Driver Low
CANST PURGE Canister Purge Solenoid Control
CAT Catalyst Temperature or Catalyst Temperature Sensor Voltage
CAT EWMA Catalyst Test Time Difference
CAT F THR Catalyst Test Fail Threshold
CAT MON Catalyst Monitor
CAT MON CT Catalyst Monitor EWMA Sample Counter Bank
CAT MON CT1 Catalyst Monitor EWMA Sample Counter Bank 1
CAT TEMP 11 Cataltic Converter Temperature Bank 1, Sensor 1
CAT TEST B1 Number OfCatalyst Test - Bank 1
CAT1 CAL THRS Steady-state Catalyst Monitor Threshold, Bank1
CAT1 STDY ST Steady-state Catalyst Monitor, Bank1
CAT2 CAL THRS Steady-state Catalyst Monitor Threshold, Bank 2
CAT2 STDY ST Steady-state Catalyst Monitor, Bank 2
CAT1CAL THR Steady-state Catalyst Monitor Threshold, Bank1
CAT1STDY ST Steady-state Catalyst Monitor, Bank1
CAT2STDY ST Steady-state Catalyst Monitor, Bank2
CATALYST MON Catalyst Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
CATLST PASSED/FAILED Catalyst Test Passed / Failed
CAT MON CT1 Catalyst Monitor EWMA Sample Counter Bank 1
CATMON AVG TWC Monitor Average Deviation Difference Failure Threshold
CATMON CPLT Number Of Catalyst Monitors Test Complete
CC HOLD Cruise Control Hold Mode
CC ON/OFF SW Cruise Control On/Off Switch
CC RES/ACC SW Cruise Control Resume/Accelerate Switch
CC SERVO(%) Cruise Control Servo Position
A CC SET(MPH)/(KPH) Cruise Control Set Speed
CC SET/CST SW Cruise Control Set/Coast Switch
CC SRVO REQ(%) Cruise Control Servo Position Requested
CC VACUUM SOL Cruise Control Vacuum Solenoid Control
CC VENT SOL Cruise Control Vent Solenoid Control
CCC CCC
CCP DUTY(%) See EVAP DUTY
CCP SOL Carbon Canister Purge Solenoid PWM
A – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

CCP SOLENOID See EVAP SOLENOID
CCS Coast Clutch Switch
CHARG GOAL (V) Charging System Goal
CHAS PITCH Powertrain Induced Chassis Pitch
CHK ENG LAMP See MIL
CHK ENG LIGHT See MIL
CHRG GOAL (V) Charging System Goal
CHRG TEMP(°F)/(°C) Compressed Natural Gas Temperature Sensor
CHRG TEMP(V) Compressed Natural Gas Temperature
CHT Cylinder Head Temperature
CKP Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal Detected
CKP ACT CNT Crankshaft Active Counter
CKP ENGINE Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed
CKP LRES AG Crankshaft Position Sensor Low Resolution Angle
CL SNC RESTART Clear Since Restart
CLEAR FLOOD Clear Flood Function
CLNT STRT Coolant Start Temperature
CLR DST Distance Since Cleared
CLR TIM Minites Ran Since Erased
CLUTCH INT SW Clutch Interlock Switch
CLUTCH SW Clutch Pedal Switch
CLUTCH UPS SW Clutch Upstop Switch
CMD EQ RAT Commanded Equivalence Ratio
CMP Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal Detected
CMP/CKP RLTD ANG Camshaft To Crankshaft Relationship Angle
CMP/CKP SYNC Camshaft To Crankshaft Syncronization Detected
CMP ACT CNT Camshaft Active Counter
CNG PRES Compressed Natural Gas Pressure
CNG PRES Compressed Natural Gas Pressure
CNG PRESS (PSI) Compressed Natural Gas Pressure
CNG PRESS(V) Compressed Natural Gas Pressure Sensor
CNG TEMP(°F)/(°C) Compressed Natural Gas Temperature
CNG TEMP(V) Compressed Natural Gas Temperature Sensor
CODE1 ODO Odometer When 1st Code Set Since Cleared
COLD START Cold Start Up
COMMD FAN 1 Commanded Fan 1
COMMD FAN 2 Commanded Fan 2
COMP COMP MON Comprehensive Components Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
COOLANT (°F)/(°C) Engine Coolant Temperature
COOLANT (V) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
COOLANT CALC Calculated Engine Coolant Temperature
COOLANT GAUGE Coolant Gauge
COOLANT LEVL Eng Coolant Level
COOLANT SW Coolant Switch
CORROSIVITY(V) Corrosivity
CPP/TCS Clutch Engaged / Overdrive Switch Pressed
CRANK EDGE CNT Crankshaft Edge Counter A
CRANK EDGE CNTR Crankshaft Edge Counter
CRANK LRND Crankshaft Learnd
CRANK MISS Crank Ref Missed Diesel
CRANK REQ Crank Requested
CRANK SWITCH Crank Switch
CRANKING A/F Cranking Air/fuel Ratio
CRANKING(RPM) Cranking RPM
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 11
PID Definitions

CRUISE Cruise
CRUISE CANCEL SW Speed Control Cancel
CRUISE COAST SW Speed Control Coast
CRUISE DIF Delta From Speed That Cruise Control Is Set At
CRUISE ENGAG Cruise Engaged
CRUISE IND LAMP Cruise Control Engaged Lamp
CRUISE INHIB Cruise Inhibited
CRUISE ON/OFF SW Speed Control ON/OFF
CRUISE RESUME SW Speed Control Resume
CRUISE SET SW Speed Control Set
CRUISE SPD Speed Cruise Control Is Set At
CRUISE SW Cruise Control Switch A/D Voltage
CRUISESET (MPH)/(KPH) Cruise Control Set Speed
CRUZ DRV H Cruise Driver High
CRUZ DRV L Cruise Driver Low
CRZ CLUTCH CMND Cruise Clutch Command
CRZ OFF BRAKE Cruise Deactivated By Brake
CRZ REL STATE Cruise In Release State
CRZ RSM/ACCL Cruise Resume / Acceleration Switch
CRZ SET/COAST Cruise Set / Coast Switch
CRZ TRAC ACT Cruise Traction Control Active
CRZ VLTS OORNG Cruise Volts Out of Range
CUR APT CELL Current Adaptive Cell
CUR APT MEM Current Adaptive Memory
CUR IAC MEM Current Idle Air Control Memory
CUR IAC POS Current Idle Air Control Position
CUR MALFS Number of Current Malfunction
CUR THROT ANT Output Shaft Speed
CUR TRANS DTC Current Transmission Diagnostic Trouble Codes Are Set
CURRENT GEAR Current Gear
CYC MIS DATA Cycles of Misfire Data
CYL 1 MISF Cylinder 1 Misfire
CYL 1 MISF CNT Cylinder 1 Misfire Counter (Weighted)
A CYL 6 MISF CNT Cylinder 6 Misfire Counter (Weighted)
CYL 1 MISFIRE Cylinder Misfire
A – 12 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

CYL ID Cylinder Identification
CYL KNKRET Cylinder Knock Retard
CYL MDE MIS Cylinder Mode Misfire Index
CYL MISFIRE Cylinder Misfire
CYLINDER AIR Cylinder Air
CYLS PASSED/FAILED Cylinders Failed Or Passed
DBL STRT OVRD Double Start Override
DCL FL MDE Decal Fuel Mode
DECAL EWMA Decal EWMA
DECEL FL MDE Decel Fuel Mode
DEFROST SW Defrost Switch
DES CYL AIR Desired Cylinder Air
DES EGR POS Desired Linear EGR Position
DES G FLOW Desired Gas Mass Flow
DES IAC Desired Intake Air Control
DES IDLE Desired Idle Speed
DES INJ TIM Desired Diesel Injection Pump Timing
DES L PRS Desired Lime Pressure
DES TORQUE Desired Torque Level
DIESLE EGR SYSTEM Diesle Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
DIS CYL EVENT Distributorless Ignition System Cycle Event
DIS CYC EVENT Distributorless Ignition System Cycle Event
DIS SEN STAT Distributorless Ignition System Sensor Status
DIS SIG STAT Distributorless Ignition System Signal Status
DLV ENG TR Delivered Engine Torque
DLV TR DR H Delivered Torque Driver High
DLV TR DR L Delivered Torque Driver Low
DPF EGR Delta Pressure Feedback EGR Pressure Sensor
DRIVER Driver 1
DS DESIRED Down Shift Desired
DS IN PROG Down Shift In Progress
DS REQ Down Shift Requested
DSL EGR SYS Diesle Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
DTC CNT Total Number of Fault Codes And Pending Codes
DTC THIS IGN DTC Set This Ignition
ECBM VOLTS Electronic Control Braking Module Voltage
ECL LOW LAMP Low Engine Coolant Level Lamp
ECT Ect Engine Coolant Temperature
ECT A/D Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Analog To Digital Reading
ECT AT MISF Engine Coolant Temperature at Misfire
ECT GAUGE Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
ECT SENSOR(V) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage A
ECT STARTUP Engine Coolant Temperature at Start Up
ECT STRTUP Engine Coolant Temperature at Start Up
ECT TCM Engine Coolant Temperature TCM
ECT TEMP (°F)/(°C) Engine Coolant Temperature
ECU RST INIT Electronic Control Unit Reset - Initialized
ECU RST-2X LOSS Electronic Control Unit Reset - 2X Buss Loss
ECU RST-BATT L Electronic Control Unit Battery Loss
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 13
PID Definitions

ECU RST-CLK L Electronic Control Unit Reset - Clock Loss
ECU RST-EXT External Electronic Control Unit Reset
ECU RST-INST Electronic Control Unit Reset Instructions
ECU RST-SRC UNK Electronic Control Unit Reset Source Unknown
ECU RST-WDOG Electronic Control Unit Reset Watchdog
EFE SOLENOID Early Fuel Evaporation Solenoid
EGR EGR Switch
EGR ACTUAL Actual Exhaust Gas Recirculation Position
EGR CL VLV F Exhaust Gas Recirculation Closed Valve Fault
EGR CLS POS Linear EGR Closed Valve Pintel Position
EGR CMD Commanded Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EGR COM POS Linear EGR Commanded Position
EGR COMMAND EGR Valve Solenoid Command
EGR DC EGR Duty Cycle
EGR DCL EWMA Exhaust Gas Recirculation Decal EWMA
EGR DIAG SW EGR Valve Diagnostic Flow Switch
EGR DLT MAP EGR Delta MAP Calculation
EGR DUTY(%) EGR Valve, Control Signal Duty Cycle
EGR ERR Exhasust Gas Recirculation Error
EGR FAIL MODE EGR System In Failure Mode
EGR FDBACK Linear EGR Feedback A/D
EGR LOOP Exhaust Gas Recirculation Loop Status
EGR MONITOR EGR Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
EGR NORM Linear EGR Normalized
EGR OPN/SHRT Exhaust Gas Recirculation Open or Shorted
EGR P DLT Exhaust Gas Recirculation Pressure Delta
EGR PINT ERR EGR Pintel Position Error
EGR POS Exhaust Gas Recirculation Solenoid Position
EGR POS D Exhaust Gas Recirculation Delta
EGR POS FLT Exhaust Gas Recirculation Fault
EGR PWM STATE Exhaust Gas Recirculation PWM State
EGR REQ("HG)/(KPA) Requested Manifold Pressure For Desired EGR Flow
EGR REQ(%) EGR Valve, Requested Flow
EGR SOL 1 EGR Valve Solenoid Control
EGR SOLENOID Exhaust Gas Recirculation Solenoid
EGR STFT F Exhaust Gas Recirculation Short Term Fuel Trim Fail Threshold
EGR TEMP SW EGR Valve, Flow Temperature Switch
EGR TEMP(V) EGR Valve, Flow Temperature Voltage
EGR TEST CNT EGR Test Count
EGR TRIP SMP EGR Trip Samples
EGR VENT SOL Exhaust Gas Recirculation Vent Solenoid
EGR VLV POS EGR Valve Position
EGR VR DC EGR Duty Cycle To Electronic Vacuum Regulator
ENG CLNT TEMP Engine Coolant Temperature
A ENG LOAD Engine Load
ENG OIL LEVL Eng Oil Level
ENG OIL LIFE Engine Oil Life
ENG OIL PRES Engine Oil Pressure
ENG RUN Engine Run Time
ENG SHTOFF Engine Shutoff Solenoid
ENG SPD OUT Engine Speed Output
ENG OIL TMP Engine Oil Temperature
A – 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

ENG TOR Engine Torque
ENGINE Engine Speed
ENGINE (RPM) Engine RPM
ENGINE OIL Engine Oil
ENGINE RPM Engine Speed
ENGINE RPM/MPH Engine RPM/MPH Ratio
ENGOILPRES Engine Oil Pressure
ENH EVAP FLT Enhanced Evaporative Fault History
EOP LOW LAMP Low Engine Oil Pressure Lamp
EPC Electronic Pressure Control
EPR SOL EPR Solenoid
EQ RAT Oxygen Sensor Equivalence Ratio (Bank X / Sensor Y)
ERR 1-2 SFT Shift Time Error For 1-2 Shift
ERR 2-3 SFT Shift Time Error For 2-3 Shift
ERR 3-4 SFT Shift Time For Error For 3-4 Shift
ERR LST SFT Shift Time Error For Latest Shift
ESC ACT CNT Electronic Spark Control Active Counter
ESC COUNTER See KS COUNTER
ESC FAILURE See KS FAILURE
ESC HI ADPT INT High ESC Adaptive Integer Term
ESC LOW ADPT INT Low ESC Adaptive Integer Term
ESC MID ADPT INT MID ESC Adaptive Integer Term
ESC MIN NSE ESC Minimum Learned Noise Voltage
ESC NOISE ESC Noise Channel
EST BYPASS See IC BYPASS
EST ENABLED See IC ENABLED
EST1 A/D AT FAIL Est1 A/D Volts at Fail
EST2 A/D AT FAIL Est2 A/D Volts at Fail
ETHANOL CONT Ethanol Content %
ETHROT PEDALPOS1 Electronic Throttle Control Pedal Position Sensor 1 Angle
ETHROT POS IN Electronic Throttle Control Indicated Throttle Position
ETHROT POS INDC Electronic Throttle Control Indicated Throttle Position
ETHROT THROTPOS1 Electronic Throttle Control Throttle Position Sensor 1 Angle
ETHROT THROTPOS2 Electronic Throttle Control Throttle Position Sensor 2 Angle
ETHRO THRPOS1 Electronic Throttle Control Throttle Position Sensor 1 Angle
ETHRO THRPOS2 Electronic Throttle Control Throttle Position Sensor 2 Angle
EVAP DC Evaporative Duty Cycle
EVAP DECAY SLOPE Evaporative Tank Vacuum Decay Slope
EVAP DUTY(%) Evaporative Emission Canister, Purge Solenoid Control Duty Cycle
EVAP FLOW Purge Flow Monitoring Sensor‘
EVAP PRESS SLOPE Evaporative Tank Vapor Pressure Slope
EVAP PRG FLOW Purge Flow Monitoring Sensor
EVAP PUR SOL Evaporative Purge Solenoid
EVAP PURGE SOL Evaporative Purge Solenoid
EVAP REQ Canister Purge Requested A
EVAP REQUEST Canister Purge Requested
EVAP SYSTEM Evaporative System Completed This Driving Cycle
EVAP T VAC Evaporative Tank Vacuum Decay Slope
EVAP TANK Evaporative Tank Vacuum Filtered
EVAP VAC SW Evaporative Vacuum Switch
EVAP VMV Vmv Output State Monitor
EVAP VNT SOL Evaporative Canister Vent Solenoid
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 15
PID Definitions

EVAP VP Evaporative Vapor Pressure
EVAPPRG OSG Evaporative System Purge Circuit Open / Short To Ground
EVAPPRG STP Evaporative System Purge Circuit Short To Volts
EVAPVNT DR H Evaporative Vent Driver High
EVAPVNT DR L Evaporative Vent Driver Low
EVAPVNT OSG Evaporative Vent Circuit Open / Short To Ground
EVAPVNT STP Evaporative Vent Circuit Short To Volts
EVO ACTUATOR EGR Variable Orifice Actuator
EVO DUTY EGR Variable Orifice Duty
EVO DUTY CYCLE EGR Variable Orifice
EVO FDBACK EGR Variable Orifice Feedback Voltage
EVO FEEDBACK EGR Variable Orifice Feedback Voltage
EVO SOL CMD EGR Variable Orifice Solenoid Command
EVP EGR Valve Position
EVR EGR Vacuum Requlator
EVR MONITOR EGR Vacuum Regulator Output State Monitor
EVR-EGR(%) EGR Vacuum Regulator %
EXH BCKPRS Exhaust Back Pressure
EXT IDLE REQ SW Extended Idle Request Switch
EXHAUST O2 Exhaust Oxygen Status
EXHAUST O2 L Exhaust Oxygen Status
EXHAUST O2 R Exhaust Oxygen Status
EXT TRAV BRAKE Extended Travel Brake
F INJ TMNG+DLY Fuel Injection Pump Timing With Line Delay
F PRS SEN Fuel Pressure Sensor
F PSHAFT Front Prop Shaft Speed
F RAIL PRS Fuel Rail Pressure
F RAIL TMP Fuel Rail Temperature
F TEMP SEN Fuel Temperature Sensor
F.F. PRIORITY Freeze Frame Priority
FAIL CATMISF Number Of Failed Catalyst Tests
FAIL CATMISF16 Number Of Failed Catalyst Test Out Of Last 16 Since Code Clear
FAIL CNTR Fail Counts
FAIL COUNTER Fail Counts
FAIL EMISMIS16 Number of Feail Emission Misfire Tests Out Of Last 16
FAIL EMISMISCLR Max # Of Failed Emissions Tests Out Of Last 16 Since Code Clr
FAN CONTROL Fan Control
FAN DELAY See FC DELAY
FAN DUTY CYCL Cooling Fan Relay, Control Signal Duty Cycle
FAN ENABLED See FC ENABLED
FAN RELAY See FC RELAY
FAN RELAY 1 Fan Relay 1
FAN RELAY 2 Fan Relay 2
FAN RELAY 2&3 Fan Relay 2&3
FAN REQUEST See FC REQUESTED
FAN1 EN FREON See FC1 EN FREON
A FAN1 EN OIL See FC1 EN OIL
FAN1 RELAY See FC1 RELAY
FAN1 REQUSTD See FC1 REQUESTED
FAN2 RELAY See FC2 RELAY
FAN2 REQUSTD See FC2 REQUESTED
FAST IDLE SET Fast Idle Setting
FAULT 1 KEY-ON Fault Key-on Information
A – 16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

FAULT1 KEY-ON Fault Key-on Information
FC DELAY Fan Delay
FC ENABLED Cooling Fan Enabled
FC RELAY Cooling Fan Relay Control
FC REQUESTED Cooling Fan Operation Requested
FC1 EN FREON Fan #1 Enabled From High A/C Refrigerant Pressure Signal
FC1 EN OIL Fan #1 Enabled From High Oil Temperature Signal
FC1 RELAY Cooling Fan Relay Control
FC1 REQUESTED Cooling Fan Operation Requested
FC1 RLY COM Fan Control 1 Relay Command
FC1 RLY OSG Fan Control 1 Relay Circuit Open/Short To Ground
FC1 RLY STP Fan Control 1 Relay Circuit Short To Volts
FC2 RELAY Cooling Fan Relay Control
FC2 REQUESTED Cooling Fan Operation Requested
FC2 RLY OSG Fan Control 2 Relay Circuit Open/Short To Ground
FC2 RLY STP Fan Control 2 Relay Circuit Short To Volts
FDBCK 1/1 Feedback Factor 1/1
FDBK FAC1/1 Feedback Factor 1/1
FEATURE Feature Byte
FIRST FAIL Mileage Since First Failure
FL COMP S OT Fuel Compensation Sensor On Time
FL COMP SEN Fuel Compensation Sensor
FL LVL P Fuel Level (PZM TO PCM)
FL PMP RLY Fuel Pump Relay
FL TM INDEX Fuel Trim Index
FL TNK PRS Fuel Tank Pressure A/D
FL TNK VPS Fuel Tank Vapor Pressure Slope
FL TRIM CELL Fuel Trim Cell
FL TRIM(BLM)CELL Fuel Trim Cell
FL TRM LEARN Fuel Trim Learn
FL TRM UPDT Fuel Trim Update
FLEX FUEL (V) Flexible Fuel Vehicle Fuel Sensor
FLTNKPRS Fuel Tank Pressure Voltage
FP FEEDBACK Fuel Pump Voltage Feedback A/D
FPM/FUEL PUMP FPM / Fuel Pump
FRACT SPK DELAY Fractional Spark Delay
FRC MTR ACT Force Motor Actual Current
FRC MTR COM Force Motor Commanded Current
FRC MTR DC Force Motor Duty Cycle
FRCM CR ER Force Motor Current Error
FRCMTR ACT Force Motor Actual Current
FRCMTR COM Force Motor Commanded Current
FRON AXLE REQ Front Axle Request
FRONT AXLE SW Front Axle Switch A
FRONT O2S Front Oxygen Sensor Volts
FRP Fuel Rail Pressure
FRZ FRM DTC DTC That Set Freeze Frame
FRZ FRM FC Freeze Frame Fail Counter
FRZ FRM NR Freeze Frame Not Run Counter
FRZ FRM PC Freeze Frame Pass Counter
FS/LR CLUTCH Fail Safe / Low / Reverse - Reverse Clutch
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 17
PID Definitions

FS/LR SOL Fail Safe / Low / Reverse Solenoid
FUEL/LEAN MON Fuel / Lean Monitor
FUEL/RICH MON Fuel / Rich Monitor
FUEL CELL ID Fuel Cell ID
FUEL CNTRLSTAT Fuel Control Status
FUEL CUTOFF Fuel Cutoff
FUEL FLO SIG Fuel Flow Signal
FUEL FLOW SIG Fuel Flow Signal
FUEL INJ 1 Fuel Injector #1
FUEL INJ (S) 1 Fuel Injector #1
FUEL LEVEL Fuel Level Sensor
FUEL LVL Fuel Level
FUEL MON SIG Fuel Monitor Signal
FUEL MONITOR Fuel Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
FUEL PMP SPD Fuel Pump Speed
FUEL PRES (PSIG)/(KPA) Fuel System Pressure
FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump
FUEL PUMP REL Fuel Pump Relay
FUEL PUMP RLY Fuel Pump Relay Control
FUEL PUMP(V) Fuel Pump Supply Voltage
FUEL PW1(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control
FUEL PW2(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control
FUEL PW B1 Fuel Injector Pulse Width (Left)
FUEL PW B2 Fuel Injector Pulse Width (Right)
FUEL RAIL PRS Fuel Rail Pressure
FUEL RATE Fuel Rate
FUEL SHUTSTAT Fuel Shutoff Valve Status
FUEL STATUS 1 Fuel System 1 Loop Status
A FUEL STATUS 2 Fuel System 2 Loop Status
FUEL SYS Rich/lean Fuel System States
FUEL SYS 1 Fuel System 1 Loop Status
FUEL SYS 2 Fuel System 2 Loop Status
FUEL SYS BK1 Rich/lean Bank 1
FUEL SYS BK2 Rich/lean Bank 2
FUEL SYS TEST Fuel System Test
FUEL SYS TST Fuel System Test
A – 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

FUEL SYS1 Fuel System 1 Loop Status
FUEL SYS2 Fuel System 2 Loop Status
FUEL SYSTEM 1 Fuel System Bank 1 Loop Status
FUEL SYSTEM 2 Fuel System Bank 2 Loop Status
FUEL TANK PRESS Fuel Tank Pressure With Bias
FUEL TEMP Fuel Temperature
FUEL TMG REL Fuel Timing Relay
FUEL TMG SOL Fuel Timing Solenoid
FUEL TMNG SOL Fuel Timing Solenoid
FUEL VOLDES Volume Fuel Desired
FUELPW1 Fuel Injector Pulsewidth, Bank 1
FUELPW2 Fuel Injector Pulsewidth, Bank 2
GAR SFT APT Garage Shift Adapt
GAS FUEL R Gasoline Fuel Run Time Log
GAS MASS Gass Mass Sensor
GEAR BOX R Transmission Gear Ratio
GEAR BOX R Gear Box Ratio
GEAR BOX T Gear Box Torque
GEAR CMDED Commanded Gear For Transmission
GEAR COMMD Commanded Generator
GEAR CURRENT Current Gear
GEAR RATIO Current Transmission Calculated Gear Ratio
GEAR/TCC Transmission Shift Schedule 41TE / 42LE / 45RFE
GEN CMDED Commanded Generator
GEN FIELD Generator Field
GEN L TERM Generator L Terminal
GEN PWM Generator PWM
GENERATOR LMP Generator Lamp
GLOW PLUG Glow Plug Voltage
GLOW PLUG HTR Glow Plug Heater Relay
GLOWPLGLMP Glow Plug Lamp On Time
GLOWPLUGB1 Glow Plug Current Bank 1
GLOWPLUGB2 Glow Plug Current Bank 2
GOV PRES SOL Governor Pressure Solenoid
GOV PRES-A Actual Governor Pressure
GOV PRES-T Theoretical Governor Pressure
GOVPRESACT Actual Governor Pressure
GOVPRES SOL Governor Pressure Solenoid
GOVPRESTHE Theoretical Governor Prssure
GP REL FB Glow Plug Relay Feedback
GPLUG HTR REL Glow Plug Heater Relay
H2O IN FUEL LMP Water In Fuel Lamp
H2O IN FUEL Water In Fuel
HANDWHEEL POS Handwheel Position
HEATD W/S REQ Heated Windshield Request Switch
HEATD WNDSHLD Heated Windshield Relay Control
HFC High Speed Fan Control A
HF RELAY Radiator Fan High Relay
HI ALTITUDE High Altitude Switch
HI ELEC LOAD High Electrical Load
HI MAP RATE Hight MAP RAT Fail Count
HI RES SIG High Resolution Signal
HI SPD FAN #2 High Speed Radiator Fan #2
HI SPD FAN #3 High Speed Radiator Fan #3
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 19
PID Definitions

HI SPK MODE High Spark Modifier
HICELL DLT High Cell Delta Pressure
HIGH BATTERY High Battery
HI-RPM FAN EN Fan Enabled For High RPM Conditions
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
HO2S1-1AV BI Heated Oxygen Bank 1 Sensor 1 Average Bias Voltage
HO2S 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
HO2S 1-1 Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1
HO2S 1-A Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor A
HO2S 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
HO2S CNT B1 Bank 1 HO2s Crossover Counts
HO2S CNT B2 Bank 2 HO2s Crossover Counts
HO2S MONITOR HO2s Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
HO2S HEATER CMD Heated Oxygen Heater Command
HO2S POST Heated Oxygen Post
HO2S PRE Pre Heated Oxygen
HO2S VAR B1S1 Heated Oxygen Varience Bank 1 Sensor 1
HO2S VAR B2S1 Heated Oxygen Varience Bank 2 Sensor 1
HOT LAMP Hot Lamp
HOT MODE Hot Mode
HOT OPN LP Hot Open Loop
HSPD FAN REL High Speed Radiator Fan Relay
HSPD2 FAN REL High Speed Radiator Fan Relay 2
HSPD3 FAN REL High Speed Radiator Fan Relay 3
IAC Idle Air Control Duty Cycle
IAC SHUT 1STP Idle Air Control Shut 1 Step
IAC DIRECTION Idle Air Control Actuator Direction
IAC MOTOR Idle Air Control Motor
IAC MTR CLOSE1 Idle Air Control Motor Shut 1 Step
IAC MTR OPEN1 Idle Air Control Motor Open 1 Step
IAC MTR POS Idle Air Control Motor Position
IAC OPEN 1STP Idle Air Control Motor Open 1 Step
IAC POS DESIRED Idle Air Control Desired Motor Position
IAC POS REQ Idle Air Control Actuator Position Required
IAC POS W AC Idle Air Control Motor Positon With Air Conditioning
IAC POS WO AC Idle Air Control Motor Positon With Out Air Conditioning
IAC POSITION Idle Air Control Actuator Position
IAC TRM Idle Air Control Airflow Trim 2
IAC TRM0 Idle Air Control Airflow Trim 0
IAC TRM1 Idle Air Control Airflow Trim 1
A IAC TRM3 Idle Air Control Airflow Trim 3
IAT Inlet Air Temperature
IAT (V) Intake Air Temperature
IAT A/D Intake Air Temperature Analog To Digital Reading
IAT AT START Start Up Intake Air Temperature
IAT AT STRT Start Up Intake Air Temperature
IAT RAW Raw Inlet Air Temperature
IAT SENSOR Inlet Air Temperature Sensor
A – 20 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

IAT TEMP (°F)/(°C) Intake Air Temperature
IAT TEMP (C)/(F) Inlet Air Temperature
IAT UNDEF Undefaulted Intake Air Temperature
IC BYPASS Ignition Control Bypass
IC ENABLED Ignition Control Enabled
IDL DIA ERR Idle Diagnostic Filtered RPM Error
IDLE IDLE
IDLE REQ(RPM) Idle RPM Requested
IDLE RPM Engine Idle Speed
IDLE RPM DES Idle Speed Desired
IDLE SWITCH Idle Switch
ING 0 Ignition 0 Voltage
IGN 0 ECM Ignition 0 Voltage To ECM Side
IGN 1 Ignition 1 Voltage
IGN 3 Ignition 3 Voltage
IGN ADV Ignition Advance
IGN ADV CYL1 Ignition Timing Advance # 1 Cylinder
IGN BYPASS Ignition Bypass
IGN CYC CNT Ignition Cycle Counter
IGN COIL Ignition Coil
IGN COIL 1 Ignition Coil #1
IGN EBTCM Ignition Electronic Body Traction Control Module
IGN OFF Ignition OFF
IGN SENSE Ignition Sense
IGN SNC 12V L Ignition Cycles Since 12 Volt Low
IGNADV CYL1 Ignition Timing Advance Cylinder 1
IGNITION Ignition Voltage
IGNITION MDE Ignition Mode
IGNITION SW Ignition Switch
ILC SOLENOID Idle Load Compensator Solenoid
IND TP ANG Throttle Position Indicated Angle
INGEAR TRIP In Gear Trip Flag
INJ 1 FAULT Injector 1 Fault
INJ 6 FAULT Injector 6 Fault A
INJ A PW(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control - TBI
INJ B PW(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control - TBI
INJ CNTRLPRES Injector Control Pressure
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 21
PID Definitions

INJ FAULT Injector Fault
INJ L PW(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control - MPFI
INJ PULSE Injector Pulse Width
INJ PULSE 1 Injector Pulse Width Cylinder 1
INJ PW LB Injection Pulse With Left Bank
INJ PW(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control
INJ PWM B 1 Injector PWM Bank 1
INJ PWN B 2 Injector PWM Bank 2
INJ PWRB Injection Pulse Width Rigth Bank
INJ R PW(MS) Fuel Injector Pulse Width Control - MPFI
INJ TEMP Fuel Injector Temperature
INJ TMEP SEN Fuel Injector Temperature Sensor
INJ1 (mS) Injector Pulse Width
INJ1 PW Injector 1 Pulse Width
INJ1 BPW Injector Base Pulse Width Module Cylinder 1
INJ2 (mS) Injector Pulse Width
INJ2 PW Injector 2 Pulse Width
INJEC PUMP ANGLE Fuel Injection Pump Injection Angle Diesel
INJPMP SOL Diesel Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid Closure Time
INT MAN CTL1 Intake Manifold Runner Control Position Bank 1
INT MAN CTL2 Intake Manifold Runner Control Position Bank 2
INT MANIF CNTRL Intake Manifold Communication Control
INTAKE HTR 1 Intake Heater 1
INTAKE HTR 2 Intake Heater 2
INTAKE SW SOL Intake Switch Solenoid
INTEGRATOR See ST FUEL TRIM
INTEGRATOR L See ST FUEL TRIM L
INTEGRATOR R See ST FUEL TRIM R
IGT HTR 1 Intake Heater #1
IGT HTR 2 Intake Heater #2
IPC FUEL DIS Injection Pump Can Fuel Disabled
IPMP REF MIS Injection Pump Cam Ref Missed
ISC DIRECTION Idle Speed Control Direction
ISC MOTOR Idle Speed Control Motor
ISC NOSE SW Idle Speed Control Nose Switch
J2 J2
KEYON 2ND LAST Key ON’s Since 2nd Most Recent Fault
KEYON 3RD LAST Key ON’s Since 3rd Most Recent Fault
KEYON SNC LAST Key ON’s Since Most Recent Fault
KICKDOWN ENAB Kickdown Enabled
A KNK RET CYL1 Cylinder 1 Knock Retard
KNK RET CYL2 Cylinder 2 Knock Retard
KNK RET TOT Overall Knock Retard
KNOCK CNTER Knock Sensor Counter
KNOCK COUNTER Knock Sensor Counter
KNOCK OA(°) Overall Knock Retard
A – 22 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

KNOCK RET Knock Retard
KNOCK RET1 (°) Cylinder Knock Retard
KNOCK RETARD Knock Retard
KNOCK RTRD Knock Retard
KNOCK SEN (V) Knock Sensor Signal
KNOCK SEN1 (V) Knock Sensor Signal
KNOCK SEN2 (V) Knock Sensor Signal
KNOCK SENS Knock Sensor
KNOCK SENSOR Knock Sensor
KS 2LONG Knock Too Long
KS1 Knock Sensor # 1
KS2 Knock Sensor # 2
KS ACTIVE Knock Sensor Active Counter
KS ACTIVITY Knock Signal Present
KS ADJUST Knock Signal Adjustment Factor
KS IDL NSE Knock Sensor Idle Noise
KS NOISE Knock Sensor Noise
KS NOISE CHNL Knock Sensor Noise Channel
KSB MTR CKT Knock Sensor Board Motor Circuit
KS COUNTER Knock Sensor Counter
KS FAILURE Knock Sensor Failure
L FL TM ACC Long Term Fuel Trim Accel
L FL TM AV1 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 1
L FL TM AV2 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 2
L FL TM CRS Long Term Fuel Trim Cruise
L FL TM DEC Long Term Fuel Trim Decal
L FL TM IDL Long Term Fuel Trim Idle
L PRES A/D Line Pressure A/D Input
L PRES DC Line Pressure Duty Cycle
L PRES SW Line Pressure Switch
L OCT SPK M Low Octane Spark Modifier
L/R AVG TIME Lean To Rich Average Time
L/R TRANS Lean To Rich Transitions
LAST FAIL Mileage Since Last Failure
LAST FAULT(V) Last Fault
LAST SHIFT Time of Latest Shift
LATEST CODE ID Of Most Recent Stored Fault
LDP SYSTEM Leak Detection Pump System Test
LFC Low Speed Fan Control
LF COMMAND Left Front Command
LF RELAY Low Speed Fan Relay
LF SENSED Left Front Sensed
LF SOL STATUS Left Front Solinoid Status
LF WHEEL SPD Left Front Wheel Speed A
LF WHL STATUS Left Front Wheel Status
LIFT PUMP Lift Pump Voltage
LINE PRES Line Pressure
LK DETCT PUMP Leak Detection Pump
LK DETCT PMP Leak Detection Pump Solenoid
LK DETCT PMP SW Leak Detection Pump Switch
LK DETCT PMP SYS Leak Detection Pump System Test
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 23
PID Definitions

LO COOLANT LMP Low Coolant Lamp
LO FAN RELAY Radiator Low Fan Relay
LO RES REF Low Resolution Reference Pulses
LO SPK MOD Low Spark Modifier
LOAD AT MISF Engine Load At Misfire
LOOP STATUS Loop Status
LOSS OF MATCH Loss Of Match Counter
LOW COOLANT Low Coolant Warning
LOW OIL Low Oil Indicator
LOW OIL LMP Low Oil Lamp
LR CL VOL IND Low/Reverse Clutch Volume Index
LR PRESS SW Low/Reverse Pressure Switch
LR SOL Low/Reverse Solenoid
LR TCS SOL Left Rear Traction Control System Solenoid
LR TCS STATUS Left Rear Traction Control System Status
LR WHEEL SPD Left Rear Wheel Speed
LRCC CLUTCH ST Low/Reverse Clutch Control - Clutch State
LRCC PRES SW Low/Reverse Clutch Control Pressure Switch
LRCC SOL Low/Reverse Clutch Control Solenoid
L/R-LU CLUTCH Low / Reverse - Low Clutch or Lock-Up Clutch
LRCC CL VOL IND Low/Reverse Clutch Control Clutch Volume Index
LRND FVOL-4C Learned Fill Volume - -4C Clutch
LRND IAC W Learned IAC With Air Conditioning
LRND IAC WO Learned IAC With Out Air Conditioning
LSPD FAN REL Latest State Fan Relay Pending
LST 1-2 SFT Time of Latest 1-2 Shift
LST GEAR SHFT Latest Shift Code
LST SFT ERR Last Shift Time Error
LSTCODE/CL Odometer When Last Code Set Since Cleared
LT CORREC CELL Long Term Correction Cell
LT FT ACCL LRN Long Term Fuel Trim Acceleration Learned
LT FT B1 Bank 1 Long Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
LT FT B2 Bank 2 Long Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
LT FT CRZ LRN Long Term Fuel Trim Cruise Learned
LT FT DCL LRN Long Term Fuel Trim Decel Learn
LT FT IDL LRN Long Term Fuel Trim Idle Learn
LT FTRM AV1 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 1
LT FTRM AV2 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 2
LT FTRM1 Bank 1 Long Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
LT FTRM2 Bank 2 Long Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
L TCS COMMAND Left Traction Control System Command
L TCS SENSED Left Traction Control System Sensed
LT FL TRM 1 Long Term Fuel Trim Bank 1
LT FL TRM 2 Long Term Fuel Trim Bank 2
A LT FL TRM AV1 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 1
LT FL TRM AV2 Long Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 2
LT FUEL TR CL (Block Learn Cell) Long-term Fuel Trim Cell
LT FUEL TR EN (BLM ENABLED) Long-term Fuel Trim Enabled
LT FUEL TRIM Long Term Fuel Trim
LT FUEL TRM L Long Term Fuel Trim Left Bank
LT FUEL TRM R Long Term Fuel Trim Right Bank
LTST DTC INT Latest Fault Code Intermittent
A – 24 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

LTST DTC PEND Latest Diagnostic Trouble Code Is Pending Diagnostic Trouble Code
LTST TRAN DTC Latest Transmission Diagnostic Trouble Code Stored
M SNCDTCCL Mileage Since Diagnostic Trouble Codes Cleared
M/T CLUTCH DIS Manual Transmission Clutch Disengaged
MAF Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAF BURNOFF Mass Air Flow Burnoff
MAF FREQ Mass Air Flow Sensor Frequency
MAF IDLE FUL EGR MAF Idle Diagnosis Full EGR
MAF IDLE NO EGR MAF Idle Diagnosis No EGR
MAF RAW INP Mass Air Flow Raw Input Frequency
MAF SEN 1 Mass Air Flow Sensor 1
MAF(GM/SEC)/(LB/M) Mass Air Flow lb/m or gm/sec
MAF/EGR FLOW Desired MAF/EGR Flow
MAF/EGR FLOW DES Desired MAF/EGR Flow
MALF HISTORY Malfunction History Display
MANFLD TUNING Manifold Tuning
MANIFGAUGE Manifold Gauge Pressure
MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure
MAP A/D LRN Manifold Pressure Sensor Analog To Digital Reading Learned Value
MAP DIFRNTIAL Manifold Absolute Pressure Differential
MAP GAU Manifold Absolute Pressure Gauge
MAP GAUGE ("HG) Manifold Absolute Pressure Gauge Reading
MAP PASSES/FAILED Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Test Pass/fail
MAP TCM Manifold Absolute Pressure MAP-TCM
MAP TURBO Manifold Absolute Presssure Turbo
MASFUELDES Mass Fuel Desired
MAT (°C)/(°F) See IAT
MC DUTY CYC Mixture Control Solenoid Duty Cycle
MC DWL(°) Mixture Control Solenoid Dwell
MEA INJ TIM Measured Diesel Fuel Injection Pump Timing
MED RES ENG Medium Resolution Engine Speed Activity
MED RES REF Medium Resolution Reference Pulses
MED RE-SYNC Medium Resolution Re-syncs Counter
METHANOL (%) Methanol Fuel Content
MF F SNC 1F Total Misfire Failures Since First Fail
MF P SNC 1F Total Misfire Passes Since First Fail
MID SPK MOD Mid. Spark Modifier
MIL (CHK ENG LIGHT) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MIL DIST Distance Since Malfunction Indicator Lamp Came On
MIL DRVR H Malfunction Indicator Lamp Driver High
MIL DRVR L Malfunction Indicator Lamp Driver Low
MIL STATUS MIL Light Status
MIL TIM Minutes Run By Malfunction Indicator Lamp Since Activated
MIL WAS ON Malfunction Indicator Lamp Was ON
MIL WAS ON/DTC Malfunction Indicator Lamp Was ON For This Fault
MIN AIRFLW Minimum Airflow
MIN AIS Minimum Automated Idle Speed Position A
MIN IAT Minimum Intake Air Temperature
MIN THROT (V) Minimum Throttle Position Sensor - PCM Value
MIS CUR 1 Misfire Current Cyl #1
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 25
PID Definitions

MIS CYL P Misfire Cylinder Primary
MIS CYL S Misfire Cylinder Secondary
MIS CYL STAT Misfire Per Cylinder Status
MIS EGRDPFE EGR Delta Pressure Feedback Sensor Input At Time of Misfire
MIS HIST 1 Misfire History Cyl #1
MIS PER TEST Total Misfires Per Test Special
MISF DELAY Misfire Display
MISF DIS Transmission Power Relay
MISF EGR DPFE EGR DPFE Sensor Input at the Time of Misfire
MIS ENBLD Misfire Detection Enabled
MISF ENGLOAD Engine Load at the Time of Misfire
MISF ENG LOAD Engine Load at the Time of Misfire
MISF IAT Intake Air Temperature at the Time of Misfire
MISF MON Misfire Monitor
MISF PNP In Drive During the Time of Misfire
MISF SOAK Engine-off Soak Time at the Time of Misfire
MISF TIME Engine Running Time At Time of Misfire
MISF TPS Throttle Position at the Time of Misfire
MISF TRIPS SNC Number Of Trips Since The Time Of Misfire
MISF VSS Vehicle Speed at the Time of Misfire
MISF WHL ACCL Misfire Wheel Acceleration
MISF WHL PROFL Misfire Wheel Profile Learned In Kam
MISFIR CYL Misfiring Cylinder
MISFIRE AT Engine Speed at Misfire
MISFIRE DETEC Currently Misfiring
MISFIRE MON Misfire Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
MIX CTRL S Mixture Control Solenoid Command
MLP Manual Lever Position
MOD SPK ADV Module Spark Advance
MODE SW S Mode Switch Selected
MPG REQST SW Miles Per Gallon Request Switch
MPG RESET SW Miles Per Gallon Reset Switch
MTV SOLENOID Manifold Tuning Valve Solenoid
MU FUEL MDE Make-Up Fueling Mode
A NEWEST FLT Newest Fault
NONDR WHEEL Non-driven Wheel Speed
NONVOLAT MEM Non Volatile Memory
NOSE SWITCH Nose Switch
NOT RUN CNT Not Run Counter
NOT RUN COUNT Not Run Counter
O2 #TRNS 1-1 Oxygen # of Rich/lean To Lean/rich Transitions Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 1/1 STATE Oxygen Sensor State
A – 26 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

O2 1/1 STATE (V) Oxygen Sensor Signal
O2 AVG BIAS Oxygen Average Bias Voltage
O2 BNK1 #1 Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 HEATER TEST Oxygen Heater Test
O2 HTR 1 Oxygen Heater Time To Activity Sensor 1
O2 HTR 1-1 Oxygen Heater Time To Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 HTR 2 Oxygen Heater Time To Activity Sensor 2
O2 HTR CUR Oxygen Heater Current
O2 HTR DUTY CYC Oxygen Heater Duty Cycle
O2 HTR DWNSTRM Downstream Oxygen Heater
O2 HTR RELAY Oxygen Heater Relay
O2 HTR UPSTRM Upstream Oxygen Heater
O2 LN-RH 1-1 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 LN-RH 1-2 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Transition Time Bank 1 Sensor 2
O2 LN-RH 2-1 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Transition Time Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 LN-RH AV Oxygen Lean/rich Average Time
O2 LN-RH TNS Oxygen Lean/rich Transitions
O2 L-R SW 1-2 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Switches Bank 1 Sensor 2
O2 L-R SW 2-1 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Switches Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 RH-LN 1-1 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Transition Times Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 RH-LN 1-2 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Transition Time Bank 1 Sensor 2
O2 RH-LN 2-1 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Transition Time Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 RH-LN AV Oxygen Rich/lean Average Time
O2 RH-LN TNS Oxygen Rich/lean Transitions
O2 R-L SW1-1 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 R-L SW2-1 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Switches Bank 2 Sensor 1
O2 RSP R-L 1-1 Oxygen Response Rich To Lean Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2 SEN 1 Oxygen Sensor 1 Volts
O2 SEN 1/1 Oxygen Sensor 1/1
O2 SEN 2 Oxygen Sensor 2 Volts
O2 SEN 2/2 Oxygen Sensor 2/2 A
O2 SENSOR Oxygen Sensor
O2 SEN STATE Oxygen Sensor State
O2 SEN STATE (V) Oxygen Sensor Signal
O2 SEN STATE1 Oxygen Sensor State
O2 SEN STATE1 (V) Oxygen Sensor Signal
O2 SEN STATE2 Oxygen Sensor State
O2 SEN STATE2 (V) Oxygen Sensor Signal
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 27
PID Definitions

O2 SENSOR(V) Oxygen Sensor
O2 SENSOR1(V) Oxygen Sensor 1
O2 SENSOR2(V) Oxygen Sensor 2
O2 SENSOR BIAS Oxygen Sensor Bias
O2 SIGNAL Oxygen Sensor Signal
O2 STATE AVG Oxygen Sensor State Average
O2 VOLTS AVG Oxygen Sensor Voltage Average
O2CROSS B1 Oxygen Crosscounts Bank 1
O2CROSS B2 Oxygen Crosscounts Bank 2
O2CROSS CNT Oxygen Crossover Counts
O2HTR 1-1 ACT Actual Heater Status Is ON
O2HTR 1-1 CMD Heater Commanded ON
O2HTR 1-1 FL CNT Driver Failure Count
O2HTR 1-1 FLT Heater Output Driver Fault
O2HTR 1-1 Heater Time to Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2HTR 2 Heater Time to Activity Sensor 2
O2HTR 2-2 HO2S11 Heater Time to Activity Bank 2 Sensor 2
O2HTR DR1 Oxygen Sensor Driver 1
O2HTR TEST Oxygen Sensor Heater Test
O2LN-RH TNS Lean / Rich Transitions
O2LN-RH1-1 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Transition Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2LN-RHAV Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Average Time
O2L-R SW1-1 Oxygen Response Lean To Rich Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
A O2R FAIL LEFT Rear Oxygen Fail Time Left
O2R TIME TO ACTI Rear Oxygen Time To Activity
O2RH-LN TNS Oxygen Rich / Lean Transition
O2RH-LN1-1 Oxygen Rich / Lean Transition Times Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2RH-LNAV Oxygen Rich / Lean Transition Average Time
O2R-L SW1-1 Oxygen Rich / Lean Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
A – 28 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

O2RSP R-L 1-1 Oxygen Response Rich / Lean Switches Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2S 1 RDY Oxygen Sensor 1 Ready
O2S 1-1 Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2S 1-1 AV Oxygen Average Volts Bank 1 Sensor 1
O2S BIAS Oxygen Sensor Bias
O2S CROSSCNTS Oxygen Sensor Crosscounts
O2S CRSCNTS L Oxygen Sensor Crosscounts Left Bank
O2S CRSCNTS R Oxygen Sensor Crosscounts Right Bank
O2S LEFT(MV) Oxygen Sensor Left Bank
O2S LOCA Oxygen Sensor Location
O2S RIGHT(MV) Oxygen Sensor Right Bank
O2S1-1 HTR RLY Pulse Width Modulated Oxygen Sensor Heater 1/1 Relay
O2S2-1 HTR RLY Pulse Width Modulated Oxygen Sensor Heater 2/1 Relay
O2S Oxygen Sensor
O2S(MV) Oxygen Sensor
O2S MON Oxygen Sensor Monitor
O2SEN 1 Oxygen Sensor 1 Volts
O2SEN 2 Oxygen Sensor 2 Volts
OBD2 FLAG2 On Board Diagnostics Flag 2
OBD CYCL CNT Number of Completed OBD II Drive Cycles
OBD TRIP CNT Number of Completed OBD II Trips
OBD2 STAT OBD II System Type
OBD2 STATUS OBD II System Status
OBD-II TRIP OBD II Drive Trip Completed
OCS-TRANS SW Oxygen Control Sensor Transmission Switch
OCT FUEL MOD Low Octane Fuel Spark Modifier
OCTADJ Octane Adjust
OCT LEVEL CUR Current Octane Level
OCTANE LEVEL CUR Current Octane Level
OD CANCEL Overdrive Cancel Switch
OD CLUTCH Overdrive Clutch
OD CLUTCH ST Overdrive Clutch State
OD CL VOL IND Overdrive Clutch Volume Index
OD LOCKOUT SW Overdrive Lockout Switch
OD OVERRIDE LMP Overdrive Override Lamp A
OD PRESS SW Overdrive Pressure Switch
OD REQUEST-MT Overdrive Request-manual Transmission
OD SOL Overdrive Solenoid
OD SOLENOID Overdrive Solenoid
OD SWITCH-AT Overdrive Switch-automatic Transmission
OD OVRD LAMP Overdrive Override Lamp
OD OVRD SW Overdrive Override Switch
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 29
PID Definitions

OD SOL Overdrive Solenoid
ODM1 OVRTEMP Overdrive Module 1 Overtemp
ODM2 OVRVOLTS Overdrive Module 1 Over Voltage
ODO SNC CL Odometer Since Last Code Cleared
ODOMETER Odometer
OIL CHNG LMP Change Oil Lamp
OIL LIFE(%) Oil Life %
OIL PRES(PSI)/(KPA) Oil Pressure
OIL PRES GAUGE Oil Pressure Gauge
OIL PRES SW Oil Pressure Switch
OIL PRS GAUGE Oil Pressure Gauge
OIL TEMP(°F)/(°C) Oil Temperature
OLDEST FLT Oldest Fault Since Reset
OND DTC CNT Total Number of On-demand Codes
OPEN LOOP Open Loop
OSS Output Shaft Speed
OTPT SHFT Output Shaft Speed
OUT TOOTH CNT Output Tooth Counter - MSW of Dbl Word
OUTPUT SFT Output Shaft Speed
OUTSID AIR Outside Air Temperature
OUTSIDE AIR Outside Air Temperature
OVERDRIVE EN Overdrive Engaged
OVERDRIVE SOL Overdrive Solenoid
PARK/NEUTRAL SW Park / Neutral Switch
PASS CNTR Pass Counts
PASS COUNTER Pass Counts
PASS KEY FL Pass Key Fuel
PASS MIS FAIL Misfire Test Passes Since 1st Fail
PASSKEY Passkey II Input Time Period
PASSKEY INPUT Pass Key Input
PASSKEY STARTER Pass Key Starter
PC ENABLED PC Solenoid Enabled
PC REF PC Reference Current Force Motor
PCS CUR ER PC Solenoid Current Error
PCS DES PC Solenoid Desired Current
PCS DUTY CYCLE PC Solenoid Duty Cycle
PCS REF Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Reference Current
PCM ACTUAL Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid/Actual Value
PCM RESET PCM Reset
PCV SOLENOID Positive Crankcase Ventilation Solenoid
PEDAL ROTAT Percent Pedal Rotation
PEDAL ROTATION Percent Pedal Rotation
PFE PFE
PIDS SUPPOR PTO Supported
P/N SWITCH Park Neutral Position Switch
PNP Park Neutral Pressure Switch
A PNP SWITCH Park Neutral Position Switch
PORT THRO REQ Port Throttle Request
PORT THROTS Port Throttles
PORT VAC(V) Port Vacuum Voltage
PRES CTRL Pressure Control Actual Current
PRES GEAR Present Gear Ratio
PRES SW ERR CTR Pressure Switch Error Counter
PRES TOR SIG Pressure Torque Signal
A – 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

PRES TORQ Pressure Torque Signal
PRESENT GEAR Present Gear Ratio
PRESSURE(V)/(PSI)/(KPA) Pressure
PRNDL Park, Reverse, Neutral, Drive, Low Lever (Gearshift Lever Position)
PRNDL SWITCH Park, Reverse, Neutral, Drive, Low Switch
PROD MY Production Model Year
PRO STEER MTR Pro Steering Motor
PROM ID Programmable Read-Only Memory Identification
PS LOAD SW Power Stearing Load Switch
PS PRESS SW Power Steering Pressure Switch
PS PRESS(V)/(PSI)/(KPA) Power Steering Pressure
PSP Power Steering Load Present
PSPS Power Steering Pressure Switch
PTO STATUS Power Take Off Status
PTU SOLENOID Power Take Up Solenoid
PURGE A/D Purge Adaptive
PURGE DC Purge Solenoid Duty Cycle (non-linear)
PURGE FDB Purge Current Feedback
PURGE LEARN Purge Learned Memory
PURGE LRN B1 Purge Learn Memory Bank 1
PURGE LRN B2 Purge Learn Memory Bank 2
PURGE MON Purge Monitor
PURGE SOL Purge Solenoid
PWM O2S HTR Pulse Width Modulated Oxygen Sensor Heater
PWR DWN Power Down Timer
PWR ENRICH Power Enrich
QUAD DRIVER 1 Quad Driver Status
R PSHAFT Rear Propshaft Speed
R/L AVG TIME Rich To Lean Average Time
R/L L/R RT Rich/Lean To Lean/Rich Ratio
R/L TRANS Rich/Lean Transitions
R-L FLAG Rich - Lean Flag
R-L STAT B1S1 Rich To Lean Status Bank 1 Sensor 1
R-L BNK 1 Rich / Lean Bank 1
R-L BNK 2 Rich / Lean Bank 2
RAD FAN RELAY Radiator Fan Control Relay
RAD FAN RLY Radiator Fan Control Relay
RAD TEMP Radiator Output Temperature
REAR COMMAND Rear Command
REAR O2S Rear Oxygen Sensor Volts
REAR SENSED Rear Sensed A
REAR SLIP Rear Slippage
REDUCED ENG PWR Reduce Engine Power
REF HIGH Reference High Voltage
REF LOW Reference Low Voltage
REF PULSE Reference Pulse
REL FRP Relative Fuel Rail Pressure
REL TPS Relative Throttle Position
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 31
PID Definitions

REV INHIBIT Reverse Inhibit
REV LCKOUT SOL Reverse Gear Lockout Solenoid
REV LOCKOUT SOL Reverse Gear Lockout Solenoid
REV MISF Revolutions With Misfire
RF COMMAND Right Front Command
RF SENSED Right Front Sensed
RF SOL STATUS Right Front Solinoid Status
RF WHEEL SPD Right Front Wheel Speed
RF WHL STATUS Right Front Wheel Status
RIDE CTRL PCM Ride Control
RIDECTL DR H Ride Control Driver High
RIDECTL DR L Ride Control Driver Low
RO2 CROS CNT Right Oxygen Crossover Counts
RPM DIFRNTIAL RPM Differential
RPM PASSES/FAILED RPM Test Pass/fail
RR TCS SOL Right Rear Traction Control System Solinoid
RR TCS STATUS Right Rear Traction Control System Status
RR WHEEL SPD Right Rear Wheel Speed
R TCS COMMAND Right Traction Control System Command
R TCS SENSED Right Traction Control System Sensed
RSET TMR Reset Timer
RUN FL MODE Run Fuel Mode
RUN SPK MDE Run Spark Mode
RUN TIME Run Time Minutes:Seconds
S FL TM AV1 Short Term Fuel Truim Average Bank 1
S FL TM AV2 Short Term Fuel Truim Average Bank 2
S RUN TUNE VLV S Run Time Valve
S/C A2D SW Speed Control Switch Input
S/C POWER Cruise, Speed Control Power
S/C PWR RELAY Cruise, Speed Control Power Relay
S/C SERV SOLS Cruise, Speed Control Servo Solenoids
S/C SERVO SOL Cruise, Speed Control Servo Solenoid
S/C TGT Cruise, Speed Control Target
S/C VAC SOL Cruise, Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid
S/C VENT SOL Cruise, Speed Control Vent Solenoid
S/C VNT SOL Cruise, Speed Control Vent Solenoid
SC BOOST Supercharger Boost Solenoid
SC BOOST SOL Supercharger Boost Solenoid
SCI DTC1 KEY ON SCI DTC 1 Key-on Information
SD-S APT 2ND Steady State Adapt - 2nd Gear
SD-S APT REV Steady State Adapt Reverse
SEC AIR MON Secondary Air Monitor
SEC AIR SOL Secondary Air Solenoid
SECOND AIR Secondary Air Pump Status
A SECOND AIR SOL Secondary Air Solenoid
SECONDARY AIR Secondary Air Monitor Completed This Driving Cycle
SEEDKEY COM INV Seed Key Communication Invalid
SEEDKEY COMM Seed Key Communication Valid
SEQ FIRE MDE Sequential Firing Mode
SER SPK RET Service Spark Retard
SERVC NOW LT Service Engine Now Light
SET SYNC MD Set Zyncronization Mode
A – 32 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

SET SYNC MODE Set Zyncronization Mode
SF APT-D HI Garage Shift Adapt-drive High
SF APT-D LO Garage Shift Adapt-drive Low
SF APT-R HI Garage Shift Adapt-reverse High
SF APT-R LO Garage Shift Adapt-reverse Low
SF TM PRES Shift Time Pressure Error
SHFT ADAP Shaft Adapt Pressure
SHFT DELY Shift Delay
SHFT MODE SW Shift Mode Switch
SHIFT IND LAMP Shift Indicator Lamp
SHFT MODE SW Shift Mode Switch
SHIFT ADAPT Shift Adapt Pressure
SHIFT DELAY Shift Delay
SHIFT PRES Shift Pressure
SHIFT PRES ERROR Shift Time Pressure Error
SHIFT RPM Shift RPM
SHIFT SOL 1 Shift Solenoid 1
SHIFT SOL A Shift Solenoid A
SHIFT SOL B Shift Solenoid B
SHIFT SOL C Shift Solenoid C
SHIFT TOR Shift Torque
SINGLE FIRE Single Fire Mode
SKIP SHIFT Skip Shift
SKIPSHFT CNTL Skipshift Control
SKIPSHFT ENA Skipshift Enabled
SLIP APT PWM Slip Adapt PWM
SNC CODE CL Mileage Since Last Code Clear
SNC ENG START Time Since Engine Start
SNC START Time Since Engine Start
SOFT ID Software Version #
SPARK Spark Advance
SPARK ADV Spark Advance
SPARK RETARD Spark Retard
SPARK TOTAL(°) Total Spark Advance
SPARKTOTAL Total Spark Advance
SPD CNTL PWR Speed Control Power
SPD CTRL Speed Control
SPD CTRL VAC Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid
SPD CTRL VACSOL Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid
SPD CTRL VENT Speed Control Vent Solenoid
SPD CTRL VNTSOL Speed Control Vent Solenoid
SPD RAT ERR CNT Speed/Ratio Error Counter
SPCTL STAT Speed Control Status
SPCTL TGT Speed Control Target Speed A
SPDCTRL SW Speed Control Switch
SPDCTRL TRGT Speed Control Target Speed
SPEED RATIO Speed Ratio
SPK ADV OFF Spark Advance Offset
SPKADV CYL1 Spark Avance Cylinder 1
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 33
PID Definitions

SRI LAMP Since Reset Indicator Lamp
SRV SOL SRV Solenoid
SRV THROT Service Throttle Soon Lamp
SS CTCH SLP Transmission Steady State Clutch Slip Speed
SS1 Shift Solenoid 1
SS1 DRVR H Shift Solenoid 1 Driver High
SS1 DRVR L Shift Solenoid 1 Driver Low
SS2 DRVR H Shift Solenoid 2 Driver High
SS2 DRVR L Shift Solenoid 2 Driver Low
SS SLIP Steady State Slip
SS SLIP S Transmission Steady State Clutch Slip Speed
ST FTRM Bank, Short Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
ST FTRM1 Bank 1 Short Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
ST FTRM2 Bank 2 Short Term Air To Fuel Ratio Correction Factor
ST FTRM AV1 Short Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 1
ST FTRM AV2 Short Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 2
ST FL TRM 1 Short Term Fuel Trim Bank 1
ST FL TRM 2 Short Term Fuel Trim Bank 2
ST FL TRM AV1 Short Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 1
ST FL TRM AV2 Short Term Fuel Trim Average Bank 2
ST FT B1 Short Term Fuel Trim Bank 1
ST FL B2 Short Term Fuel Trim Bank 2
ST FUEL TRIM Short-term Fuel Trim
ST FUEL TRM L Short-term Fuel Trim Left
ST FUEL TRM R Short-term Fuel Trim Right
STARTER COMDED Command Starter
STARTER RELAY Starter Relay Status
STARTS SNC 2ND F # Of Starts since 2nd To Last Fault
STARTS SNC 3RD F # Of Starts since 3rd To Last Fault
STARTS SNC LST F # Of Starts since Last Fault
STD ST ACCUM Steady State Accumulator
STD ST ADAPT Steady State Adapt Pressure
STDY ST MODE Steady State Mode
STDY ST TAP Steady State Transmission Adaptive Pressure
STOP TESTS Stop All Tests
SURGE VLV SOL Surge Valve Solenoid
SWCHD BATT+ Switched Battery
SYNC SIG(°) Synchronization Signal Phasing - PCM
T/BODY TEMP Throttle Body Temperature Sensor
TAC MOD CAL ID TAC Module Calibrated Identification
TAC MOD S/2 LEV Tac Module S/2 Level
TACH DRVR H Tachometer Driver High
TACH DRVR L Tachometer Driver Low
A TACH OUTPUT Tachometer Output
TACHOMETER Tachometer Output
TCC Torque Converter Clutch
TCC APPLIED Torque Converter Clutch Applied
TCC APPLY Torque Converter Clutch Apply Time
TCC BRAKE SW Torque Converter Clutch Brake Switch
TCC BRK-IN Torque Converter Clutch Break-In Complete
TCC COMMAN Torque Converter Clutch Commanded
A – 34 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

TCC COMMAND Commanded Torque Converter Clutch
TCC CONTROL Torque Converter Clutch Control
TCC DELAY Torque Converter Clutch Delay
TCC DRVR H Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Driver High
TCC DRVR L Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Driver Low
TCC DTY CYCL Torque Converter Clutch Duty Cycle
TCC DUTY CYC Torque Converter Clutch Duty Cycle
TCC DTCY OSG Torque Converter Clutch Duty Cycle Open / Short To Ground
TCC DTCY STP Torque Converter Clutch Duty Cycle Short To Volts
TCC ENABLE Torque Converter Clutch Enable
TCC ENGAGED Torque Converter Clutch Engaged
TCC FULL LOCK Torque Converter Clutch - Fully Locked-Up
TCC LOCKUP Torque Converter Clutch Lockup
TCC DTCY OSG Torque Converter Clutch Duty Cycle Open / Short To Ground
TCC MODE Torque Converter Clutch Mode
TCC PWM Torque Converter Clutch PWM Duty Cycle
TCC RAMP Torque Converter Clutch Ramp
TCC REL PRES Torque Converter Clutch Release Pressure
TCC REL SW Torque Converter Clutch Release Switch
TCC SLIP Torque Converter Clutch Slip Speed
TCC SLIP DES Desired Slip Across Torque Converter
TCC SOL Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
TCC SOLENOID Torque Converter Solenoid
TCC SPD RAT Speed Ratio Across Torque Converter
TCC STR TMP Torque Converter Clutch Stator Temperature
TCC1 Torque Converter Clutch 1
TCC2 Torque Converter Clutch 2
TCCSLIPDES Desired Slip Across Torque Converter
TCIL Transmission Control Indicator Lamp
TCM CAL ID Transmission Control Module Calibration Identification
TCM DTC Electronic Automatic Transaxle Diagnostic Trouble Code Is Present
TCM IGN 1 Transmission Control Module Ignition 1
TCM REQ MIL ON Electronic Auto Transaxle Requesting Malfunction Indicator Lamp ON
TCM SOFTW ID TCM Software Identification
TCS Transmission Control Switch
TCS COMMAND Traction Control System Command
TCS DEL TOR Traction Control Delivered Torque
TCS EBTCM Traction Control System Electronic Body Traction Control Module
TCS EN RELAY Traction Control System Engage Relay
TCS MODE Traction Control System Mode
TCS LT FLASH Traction Control System Light Flash
TCS PWM INP Traction Control System PWM Input
TCS SENSED Traction Control System Sensed
TCS SPK RTRD Tcs Spark Retard
TCS STATE Traction Control System State
TCS WARN LT Traction Control System Warning Light
TDC OFFSET Tdc Offset A
TELLTALE CKT Telltale Circuit
TFP SWITCH A Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch A
TFP SWITCH B Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch B
TFP SWITCH C Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch C
TFT Transmission Fluid Temperature
THEFT ALARM Theft Alarm
THR POS B Throttle Position B
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 35
PID Definitions

THR POS C Throttle Position C
THROT AT IDLE Throttle at Idle
THROT BODY Throttle Body
THROT CMD Commanded Throttle Actuator Control
THROT KICKER Throttle Kicker
THROT OPEN (%) Relative Throttle Position
THROTTLE POS DES Percent Desired Throttle Position
THROTTLE(%) Throttle %
THRT/BODY (°F)/(°C) Throttle Body Temperature
THRT/BODY(V) Throttle Body Temperature Sensor
THS 3-2 THS 3-2
THS 3-4 THS 3-2
TOR SPK RET Torque Management Spark Retard
TORQ DLVRED Torque Output
TORQ REDCT LNK Torque Reduction Link
TORQUE CNV +SLIP Positive Slip Across Torque Converter
TORQUE DELIVERED Delivered Torque Engine To Transmission Input
TORQUE DES BRAKE Desired Torque Brake To PCM
TORQUE REQ Torque Requested
TOT (C or F) Transmission Oil Temperature
TOT (V) Thermister Voltage
TOT KNOCK RET Transmission Oil Temperature Knock Retard
TOT SLIP Total Slippage
TOTAL MISF Total Misfire
TOTAL SLIP Total Slippage
TOT-TR OIL (°F)/(°C) Transmission Oil Temperature
TOW/HAUL MODE Tow Haul Mode
TP ANGLE Throttle Position Angle
TP CLS POS Closed Throttle Position
TP CLSD POS Closed Throttle Position
TP DELTA Throttle Position Delta
TP LRN CUR Throttle Position Learn This Ignition Cycle
TP LRND LST Throttle Position Learn Last Ignition Cycle
TP MAX ANG Maximum Throttle Angle
TP MIN ANG Minimum Throttle Angle
TP MODE Throttle Position Mode
TP RANGE Throttle Position Range
TPCT Throttle Position Closed Throttle
TPS Throttle Position Sensor
TPS (V) Throttle Position Sensor Voltage
TPS 1 Throttle Position Sensor 1
TPS 2 Throttle Position Sensor 2
TPS A/D Throttle Position Sensor A/D
TPS AT SHIFT Throttle Angle at Shift
TPS CORR Throttle Position Correction
TPS DES Throttle Position Desired Angle
A TPS LEARNED Throttle Position Sensor Learned Correction Factor
TPS MIN (V) Minimum Throttle Position Sensor Voltage
TPS NORM Throttle Position Sensor Normalized
TPS SENSOR(V) Throttle Position Sensor Voltage V
TR Transmission Range Prndl Position
TR FRC MT Throttle Position Force Motor Pressure
TR SWITCH A Transmission Switch A
TR SWITCH B Transmission Switch B
A – 36 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PID Definitions

TR SWITCH C Transmission Switch C
TR SWITCH P Transmission Switch P
TRAC CNTRL Traction Control
TRANF CS RAT Transfer Case Ratio
TRANS CASE LOCK Transfer Case Lock
TRANS FAN RELAY Transmission Fan Relay
TRANS ISS Transmission Input Speed Sensor
TRANS OSS Transmission Output Speed Sensor
TRANS PRESS Transmission Pressure
TRANS PWR RELAY Transmission Power Relay
TRANS RELAY TEST Transmission Relay Test
TRANS RELAY TST Transmission Relay Test
TRANS TEMP (°F)/(°C) Transmission Temperature
TRANS TEMP(V) Transmission Temperature Sensor
TRANS TMP HOT Transmission Temperature Hot
TRBN SPD Turbine Speed
TRIPS SNC CLR Warmups Since Erased
TRIP SNC MIL Trip Counter Since MIL Fault
TRN FRC MTR Transmission Force Motor Pressure
TRN INP SPD Transmission Input Speed
TRN OUT SPD Transmission Output Speed
TRNS DIA CODE Transmission Diagnostic Code Set
TRNS HOT MDE Transmission Hot Mode
TRNS OIL LF Transmission Oil Life
TRNS OIL LIFE Transmission Oil Life
TRNS OVRTMP LMP Transmission Overtemp Lamp
TRNS TEMP ST Transmission Temperature State - Cold
TROUB CODE DTC That Set Freeze Frame
TROUBLE CODE DTC That Set Freeze Frame
TRQ MNGT FLT Torque Management Fault Counter
TRQ MNGT FS Torque Management Failsafe Timer
TSS Turbine Shaft Transmission Speed
TTL KNOCK Total Knock Retard
TTL SLIP Total Slippage
TURBINE SPD Turbine Speed
TURBINE(RPM) Turbine RPM
TURBO BOOST Turbo Boost Pressure
TWC PROTEC Three Way Catalyst Protection
UD CLUTCH Underdrive Clutch
UD CLUTCH ST Underdrive Clutch State
UD CL VOL IND Underdrive Clutch Volume Index
UD PRESS SW Underdrive Pressure Switch
UD SOL Underdrive Solenoid
UPSFT DES Upshift Desired
UPSFT REQ Upshift Requested
UPSHIFT Upshift
VAC BREAK SOL Vacuum Break Solenoid A
VACBOOST ("HG)/(KPA) Vacuum/boost Pressure
VACUUM ("HG)/(KPA) Manifold Absolute Pressure
VACUUM CAL Calculated Vacuum
VALET MDE ACT Valet Mode Active
VALET MDE REQ Valet Mode Requested
VATS STATUS Vehicle Anti-theft System Status
VEH PWR(V) Vehicle Power
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A – 37
PID Definitions

VEH SPEED Vehicle Speed Sensor
VEH VELOCITY Vehicle Speed Sensor
VEHSPEED Vehicle Speed
VFS FDBCK VFS Feedback Input
VH SPEED Vehicle Speed Sensor
VNT #3 SOL Vent #3 Solenoid
VOTE Vote Counting System
VPP44 FL SHUTOFF VP 44 Fuel Shutoff
VPWR Vehicle Power Battery Voltage
VREF Vehicle Reference Voltage
VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
VSS DELTA Vehicle Speed Sensor Delta
VTD FL DISAB VTD Fuel Disable
VTD FL ENA PCM PCM/TCM in VTD Fail Enable
VTD PASSWORD Vehicle Theft Deterrent Password
WAC-A/C OFF Wide-open A/C Cutoff
WAIT TO STRT LMP Wait To Start Lamp
WASTEGATE (%) Wastegate Solenoid Duty Cycle
WASTEGATE SOL Waste Gate Solenoid
WASTEGATE(%) Wastegate %
WATER INJECT Water Injection
WATER/FUEL (V) Water-in-fuel Sensor Signal
WOT Wide-open Throttle
WOT A/C OFF A/C Off For Wide Open Throttle
WOT SWITCH Wide-open Throttle Switch
WSTGATE BYPSS Wastegate Bypass
WSGATE SOL Wastegate Solenoid
WSGATE SOL 2 Wastegate Solenoid # 2
WU CYCLE COMP Warm Up Cycle Counter
WU HO2S 1-2 Heated Oxygen Warm Up Bank 1 Sensor 2
WU WO EMIS FLT Warm Up Cycles Without Emission Faults
WU WO N-EMIS FLT Warm Up Cycles Without Non-emission Faults
A – 38 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Appendix B – Data Link Connectors
GM Cars, Light Trucks & Vans
F E D C B A
G H J K L M
ALDL DLC OBD II (J1962) DLC

94-95 GM Cars, Light Trucks & Vans
Model Engine VIN Year DLC Adapter
A, D 94 ALDL
2.3L DOHC PFI
D 95 OBD II
Achieva
2.3L SOHC PFI 3 94 ALDL
3.1L SFI M 94-95 ALDL
Aurora 4.0L SFI C 95 OBD II
2.2L TBI 4 94-95 ALDL
Beretta/Corsica 2.3L DOHC A 94 ALDL
3.1L PFI M 94-95 ALDL
3.4L PFI OHV S 94-95 ALDL
3.8L SFI K 95 OBD II
Camaro, Firebird, Trans Am
94 ALDL
5.7L PFI P
95 ALDL/OBD II
5.7L TBI, MFI P 94, 95 ALDL, OBD II
Caprice / Impala
4.3L V-8 MFI W 94-95 ALDL
2.2L TBI, SFI 4 94, 95 ALDL, OBD II
Cavalier 2.3L DOHC D 95 OBD II
3.1L SFI T 95 ALDL
2.2L 4 95 ALDL
Century
3.1L M 94-95 ALDL
4.6L OHC Y, 9 94-95 ALDL
Concours
4.9L SFI B 94 ALDL
5.7L OHC (ZR-1) J 94-95 OBD II
Corvette
5.7L PFI, SFI P 94-95 OBD II
2.2L PFI 4 94-95 ALDL
Cutlass Ciera
3.1L MFI, SFI M 94-95 ALDL
Cutlass Supreme
3.4L OHC SFI X 94-95 ALDL
4.6L OHC Y, 9 94-95 ALDL
DeVille
4.9L PFI B 94-95 ALDL
Eighty-Eight, Ninety-Eight, Park 3.8L SFI L, K 94-95 OBD II
Avenue, Bonneville 3.8L SFI SC 1 95 OBD II B
Eldorado, Seville 4.6L OHC Y, 9 94-95 ALDL
4.6L OHC Y, 9 94-95 ALDL
Fleetwood
5.7L TBI, SFI P 94-95 ALDL
2.3L PFI DOHC A, D 94-95 ALDL
Grand Am 2.3L PFI SOHC 3 94 ALDL
Note: Data link connectors (DLC) are located under the dash, near the steering wheel.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• B–1
Data Link Connectors
94-95 GM Cars, Light Trucks & Vans

Model Engine VIN Year DLC Adapter
2.3L DOHC D 94-95 OBD II
Grand Prix 3.1L MFI M 94-95 ALDL
3.4L PFI OHC X 94-95 ALDL
LeSabre 3.8L MFI L 94-95 OBD II
3.1L PFI, SFI M, T 94-95 ALDL
Lumina, Monte Carlo
3.4L MFI OHC X 94-95 ALDL
3.1L MFI M 94-95 ALDL
Regal
3.8L SFI, MFI L 94-95 ALDL
3.8L MFI K 95 OBD II
Riviera
3.8L SFI SC 1 95 OBD II
Roadmaster 5.7L P 94-95 ALDL
Saturn SC1, SL, SL1, SW1 1.9L SOHC 8 94-95 ALDL
Saturn SC2, SL, SL2, SW2 1.9L DOHC 7 94-95 ALDL
2.3L DOHC D 95 ALDL
2.3L SOHC 3 94 ALDL
Skylark
3.1L M, T 94-95 ALDL
3.8L MFI K 95 OBD II
Sunbird 3.1L PFI T 94 ALDL
2.0L TBI OHV H 94 ALDL
Sunfire 2.2L MFI 4 95 OBD II
2.3L PFI DOHC D 95 OBD II
4.3L TBI Z 94-95 ALDL
C Series 4x2 & 5.0L TBI H 94-95 ALDL
K series 4x4 5.7L TBI K 94-95 ALDL
Conventional Cab 6.5L Diesel P 94-95 ALDL
Pickup, Sierra, Blazer, Suburban,
Yukon & Tahoe 6.5L Turbo diesel F 94-95 ALDL
7.4L TBI N 94-95 ALDL
G series 4x2 5.0L TBI H 94-95 ALDL
Van (full size) 5.7L TBI K 94-95 ALDL
Chevy van, Sport van, GMC
Vandura and Rally 6.5L Diesel P, Y 94-95 ALDL
M series 4x2 & 4.3L CPI W 94-95 ALDL
L series 4x4, Small Van,
Astro, Safari 4.3L TBI Z 94 ALDL
P series 4x2 5.7L TBI K 94-95 ALDL
Forward Control 6.5L Diesel Y 94 ALDL
Parcel/Delivery commercial vans,
Motorhomes 6.5L Turbo Diesel F 94-95 ALDL
B S series 4x2 &
2.2L MFI 4 94-95 OBD II
T series 4x4 94 ALDL
4.3L CPI W
Small Conventional Cab, 95 OBD II
Blazer, Bravada, Jimmy, Pickup & 94 ALDL
Sonoma 4.3L TBI Z
95 OBD II
U & X series 4x2 3.1L TBI D 94-95 ALDL
All Purpose Vehicle, Lumina
APV, Silhouette, Trans Sport 3.8L PFI L 94-95 ALDL
Note: Data link connectors (DLC) are located under the dash, near the steering wheel.
B – 2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Ford, Lincoln & Mercury Cars, Light Trucks & Vans
EEC-IV DLC MECS 6-Pin DLC

Optional P/N 9603 MECS 17-Pin DLC
Available from Dealership
MCU DLC OBD II (J1962) DLC

Model Engines Year DLC DLC Location
Aspire 1.3L 94-95 MECS 17 Engine compartment, left rear corner
Capri 1.6L, 1.6L T 91-94 MECS 6 Engine compartment, right rear corner.
2.3L, 2.3L T, 3.8L, 84-86 EEC-IV Engine compartment, left rear corner.
5.0L, 5.0LHO
Continental 3.8L, 4.6L, 5.0L 88 EEC-IV Engine compartment, right corner near
firewall.
89-94 Right rear of engine compartment.
4.6L 95 OBD II Below instrument panel right of steer-
ing wheel.
Contour 2.0L, 2.5L 95 EEC-IV Engine compartment, left side by
shock tower.
Cougar 2.3L, 2.3L T, 3.8L, 84-85 EEC-IV Right inner fender of engine compart-
5.0L, 5.0LHO 86-90 ment
Engine compartment, in front of left
91-95 shock tower.
Engine compartment, in front of right
shock tower.
4.6L 94-95 OBD II Below instrument panel to right of
steering wheel.
Escort /Lynx/ 1.6L, 1.6L Turbo, 84-90 EEC-IV* Right fender apron near firewall and
EXP 1.9L shock tower.
91-95 EEC-IV Engine compartment, left rear corner.
Escort 1.8L 91-95 MECS 17 Engine compartment, left rear corner
near firewall.
Festiva 1.3L 90-93 MECS 6 Engine compartment, left rear corner.
Grand Marquis, 4.6L, 5.0L 84 EEC-IV* Above right wheel well. B
Crown Victoria, 85-94 Front Left fender apron above wheel-
Colony Park, well.
Country Squire 4.6L 95 OBD II Below instrument panel to right of
steering wheel.
Grand Marquis/ 5.8L 84 MCU Above right wheel well.
Crown Victoria 85-91 Front of left fender apron above wheel-
(Police) well.
* Early models are equipped with the EEC III diagnostic system which is not supported by this
tool.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• B–3

Marquis/LTD 2.3L, 3.8L 84-86 EEC-IV Engine compartment, left rear corner.
Mark VII 5.0L, 5.0L HO 84-89 EEC-IV* Engine compartment, right corner near
firewall
90-92 Front of right fender apron.
Mark VIII 4.6L 93-95 EEC-IV Engine compartment on top of left
wheel well.
Mustang 2.3L,2.3L Turbo, 84-85 EEC-IV Center of left fender apron.
5.0L, 5.0L HO, 86-93 Left rear corner of engine compartment
5.0L SHP on shock tower.
94-95 Rear of right shock tower.
3.8L 84-85 EEC-IV Center of left fender apron.
86-93 Left rear corner of engine compartment
on shock tower.
3.8L 94-95 OBD II Below left side of glove compartment.
Mystique 2.0L, 2.5L 95 EEC-IV Left side of engine compartment near
shock tower.
Probe 2.0L 93 MECS 17 Left rear of engine compartment near
(A/T only in 93) strut tower.
93-95 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment near
strut tower.
2.2L, 2.2L Turbo 89-92 MECS 6 Left rear of engine compartment near
strut tower.
2.5L 93-95 MECS 17 Left front of engine compartment near
battery.
3.0L 91-92 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment near
strut tower.
Sable 3.0L, 3.8L 86-87 EEC-IV Engine compartment near alternator.
88-95 Right rear corner of engine compart-
ment.
Scorpio 2.9L 87-89 EEC-IV Engine compartment, right rear corner.
Taurus 2.5L, 3.0L FF, 86-87 EEC-IV Engine compartment near alternator.
3.0L, 3.0L SHO, 88-95 Right rear corner of engine compart-
3.2L, 3.8L ment.
Tempo / Topaz 2.3L HSC, 84-92 EEC-IV Right rear corner of engine compart-
2.3L HSO, 3.0L 93-94 ment.
Left strut tower.
Thunderbird 2.3L, 2.3L T, 3.8L, 84-85 EEC-IV Right inner fender of engine compart-
3.8L SC, 5.0L, 86-90 ment
5.0L HO Engine compartment, in front of left
91-95 shock tower.
Engine compartment, in front of right
shock tower.
4.6L 94-95 OBD II Below instrument panel to right of
steering wheel.
B Town Car 4.6L 95 OBD II Below instrument panel right of steer-
ing wheel.
4.6L, 5.0L 84 EEC-IV* Above right wheel well.
85-90 Left fender apron, near or above
wheelwell.
91-94 Above left wheel well.
tool.
B – 4• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Tracer 1.8L 88-89 MECS 6 Engine compartment, left rear corner
near firewall.
91-95 MECS 17 Engine compartment, left rear corner
near firewall.
1.9L 91-95 EEC-IV Engine compartment, left rear corner.
XR4Ti 2.3L Turbo 85-88 EEC-IV Engine compartment, right fender
apron above wheel well.
Aerostar 2.3L, 2.8L, 3.0L, 86-92 EEC-IV Left front fender below starter relay.
4.0L 93-95 Left rear engine compartment on fire-
wall.
Bronco 4.9L*, 5.0L*, 5.8L* 84-87 EEC-IV Right inner fender near starter relay.
*84-85 A/T Only 88-95 Left front corner of engine compart-
ment.
Bronco II 2.8L, 2.9L 84-88 EEC-IV Right inner fender near starter relay.
89-90 Right fender panel below engine com-
partment fuse block.
E-Series, 4.9L, 5.0L, 5.8L, 84-91 EEC-IV Right front fender near starter relay.
Econoline Van 7.3L D, 7.3L TD 92-95 Left front corner of engine compartment.
5.8L>8,500 GVW 96 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
in 49 States, ex CA
7.5L W/Fed Emiss 96 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
7.5L >14,000 97-98 EEC-IV Left front corner of engine compart-
GVW ment.
7.5L >8,500 GVW in 97-98 EEC-IV Left front corner of engine compart-
49 States ex CA ment.
Explorer 4.0L 91-95 EEC-IV Right rear of engine compartment.
F-Series Pickup 4.9L, 5.0L, 5.8L, 84-87 EEC-IV Right inner fender near starter relay.
7.3L D, 7.3L TD, 88-95 Left front fender apron in rear of engine
7.5L compartment.
5.8L > 8,500 GVW 96-98 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
in 49 States, ex CA
7.0L 91-96 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
7.0L > 14,000 97-98 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
GVW
7.5L W/Fed Emiss 96 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
7.5L > 8,500 GVW 97-98 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
in 49 States ex CA
7.5L > 14,000 97-98 EEC-IV Left rear of engine compartment.
GVW
Ranger 2.3L 84 MCU Right front inner fender panel.
2.3L, 2.8L, 2.9L, 84-85 EEC-IV Right front inner fender panel.
3.0L, 4.0L 86-92 Right rear fender apron near fuel pump
relay.
B
92-94 Left front inner fender by fuse/relay
block.
2.3L, 3.0L, 4.0L 95 OBD II Below instrument panel, right of steer-
ing wheel.
Windstar 3.0L, 3.8L 95 OBD II Below instrument panel, right of steer-
ing wheel.
tool.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• B–5
Chrysler Cars, Light Trucks & Vans
LH DLC
Optional P/N 9605 SCI DLC
OBD II (J1962) DLC

Make/Model Year Engine DLC Location
Front of left shock/strut tower, near the
Acclaim 89-95 ALL SCI
SBEC/SMEC module.
Aries K, Reliant 89 ALL SCI At front of left shock/strut tower.
89-91 ALL SCI In front of left fender panel below
relays.
Caravan, 92-93 ALL SCI In engine compartment near PCM
Grand Caravan module.
94-95 ALL SCI In engine compartment on left side of
firewall.
In front of left fender apron behind air
Cherokee 91-95 ALL SCI
cleaner.
Left of steering column under dash on
Cirrus 95 ALL OBD II
body control module
Comanche 91-92 ALL SCI
cleaner.
Concorde,
93-95 ALL LH Right of steering column under dash.
Intrepid, Vision
Engine compartment, right corner of
Dakota 91 ALL SCI
B firewall
Daytona 89-93 ALL SCI At front of left shock/strut tower.
Front of left shock/strut tower near
Dynasty 89-93 ALL SCI
SBEC/PCM.
90 ALL SCI In engine compartment near air filter
Fifth Avenue, housing.
Imperial 91-93 ALL SCI On front of left fender panel by
SMEC/SBAC.
Grand Cherokee,
93- ALL SCI Right rear of engine compartment.
Grand Wagoneer
B – 6• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Make/Model Year Engine DLC Location
Front of left side shock tower by relays
Horizon, Omni 89-90 ALL SCI
& SMEC.
Lancer 89 ALL SCI At front of left shock/strut tower.
LeBaron Coupe,
89-95 ALL SCI At front of left shock/strut tower.
Convertible
LeBaron Sedan, Front of left shock/strut tower near
89-95 ALL SCI
GTS SBEC/PCM.
LHS 94-95 ALL LH Right of steering column under dash.
Neon 95 ALL OBD II Under left side of dash.
89-93 ALL SCI Front of left shock tower near the
New Yorker SBEC/SMEC module.
94-95 ALL LH Right of steering column under dash.
89-95 5.2L, 5.9L SCI On left side of firewall near master cyl-
inder.
Pickup D/W, RAM 89-95 3.9L, 5.9L SCI In engine compartment on right side of
series firewall.
94-95 8.0L SCI In engine compartment on right side of
firewall.
89-90 5.2L, 5.9L SCI On left side of firewall below cowl.
91-95 5.2L, 5.9L SCI On center of firewall next to
Ram Wagon/Van, SBEC/PCM.
B-Van 92-95 5.2L CNG SCI Under center of dash panel.
89-95 3.9L SCI In engine compartment on right side of
firewall.
89-90 ALL SCI On left side corner of firewall below
cowl.
Ramcharger
91-93 ALL SCI In engine compartment, near master
cylinder.
Sebring Conv/ Under left side of dash, right side of
95 ALL OBD II
Avenger steering column.
Shadow, Sun- Front of left shock/strut tower near
89-95 ALL SCI
dance SBEC/PCM.
Front of left shock/strut tower near
Spirit 89-95 ALL SCI
SBEC/PCM.
Left of steering column under dash on
Stratus 95 ALL OBD II
body control module
90-91 ALL SCI On front of left fender panel below
relays.
92-93 ALL SCI In engine compartment near PCM
Town & County
module.
94-95 ALL SCI In engine compartment on left side of
firewall.
89-91 ALL SCI In front of left fender panel below B
relays.
Voyager, Grand 92-93 ALL SCI In engine compartment near PCM
Voyager module.
94-95 ALL SCI In engine compartment near PCM
module on left side of firewall.
Wrangler 91-95 ALL SCI
cleaner near SBEC.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• B–7
B – 8• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Appendix C – Glossary
A/C:
Air Conditioner
A/D:
Analog to Digital
A/F:
Air/Fuel ratio. The proportion of air and fuel delivered to the cylinder for
combustion. For example, an A/F ratio of 14:1 denotes 14 times as much air as
fuel in the mixture. Ideally the A/F ratio is 14.7:1.
ABS:
Anti-lock Brake System
A/C Clutch Relay:
The PCM uses this relay to energize the A/C clutch, turning the A/C compressor
on or off.
A/C Pressure Sensor:
Measures air conditioning refrigerant pressure and sends a voltage signal to the
PCM.
A/C Pressure Switch:
A mechanical switch connected to the A/C refrigerant line. The switch is
activated (sending a signal to the PCM) when the A/C refrigerant pressure
becomes too low or high.
Actuator:
Actuators such as relays, solenoids, and motors allow the PCM to control the
operation of vehicle systems.
Air Injection Reaction (AIR) System:
An emission control system operated by the PCM. During cold starts, an air
pump injects outside air into the exhaust manifold to help burn hot exhaust
gases. This reduces pollution and speeds warm-up of oxygen sensors and
catalytic converters. After the engine is warm, the air will either be dumped back
to the atmosphere (or into the air cleaner assembly) or sent to the catalytic
converter.
APP:
Acceleration Pedal Position (Sensor)
ASR:
Acceleration Slip Regulation
Bank x:
The standard way of referring to the bank of cylinders containing cylinder #x.
In-line engines have only one bank of cylinders. Most commonly used to identify
the location of oxygen sensors. See O2S, Sensor x, Sensor x. C
BARO:
Barometric Pressure Sensor. See MAP Sensor.
BBV:
Brake Boost Vacuum (Sensor)
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• C–1
Glossary
BCM:
Body Control Module
Boost Control Solenoid:
A solenoid that is energized by the PCM, in order to control turbo/supercharger
boost pressure.
Brake Switch Signal:
An input signal to the PCM indicating that the brake pedal is being pressed. This
signal is typically used to disengage Cruise Control systems and Torque
Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoids. See also TCC.
CAM:
Camshaft Position Sensor. Sends a frequency signal to the PCM in order to
synchronize fuel injector and spark plug firing.
Catalytic Converter:
Designed to reduce exhaust emissions.
CAN:
Controller Area Network
CARB:
California Air Resources Board. Governing body for emissions control in
California.
CKP REF:
Crankshaft Position Reference.
CKP:
Crankshaft Position. See CPS.
CKT:
Circuit
Closed Loop (CL):
A feedback system that uses the O2 Sensor(s) to monitor the results of
combustion. Based on the signal(s) from the O2 sensor(s), the PCM modifies
the air/fuel mixture to maintain optimum performance with lowest emissions. In
closed loop mode, the PCM can fine tune control of a system to achieve an exact
result.
CMP:
Camshaft Position Sensor
CO:
Carbon Monoxide; odorless gas produced by incomplete combustion.
Code Scanner:
A device that interfaces with and communicates information via a data link.
Continuous Memory Codes:
See Pending Codes.
C CPS:
Crankshaft Position Sensor. Sends a frequency signal to the PCM. It is used to
reference fuel injector operation and synchronize spark plug firing on
distributorless ignition systems (DIS).
C–2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Glossary
CTS:
Coolant Temperature Sensor. A resistance sensor that sends a voltage signal
to the PCM indicating the temperature of the coolant. This signal tells the PCM
whether the engine is cold or warm.
CVRTD:
Continuous Variable Real Time Damping
D/R:
Drive/Reverse
Data Link Connector (DLC):
Connector providing access and/or control of the vehicle information, operating
conditions, and diagnostic information. Vehicles with OBD II use a 16-pin
connector located in the passenger compartment.
Data Stream:
The actual data communications sent from the vehicle’s PCM to the data
connector.
DEPS:
Digital Engine Position Sensor.
Detonation:
See Knock.
DI/DIS:
Direct Ignition/Distributorless Ignition System. A system that produces the
ignition spark without the use of a distributor.
DPFE:
Differential Pressure Feedback – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Sensor
DTC:
Diagnostic Trouble Code. An alphanumeric identifier for a fault condition
identified by the On Board Diagnostic System.
Duty Cycle:
A term applied to signals that switch between on and off. Duty cycle is the
percentage of time the signal is on. For example, if the signal is on only one
fourth of the time, then the duty cycle is 25%. The PCM uses duty cycle type
signals to maintain precise control of an actuator.
EBCM:
Electronic Brake Control Module
EBTCM:
Electronic Brake/Traction Control Module
ECM
Engine Control Module or Electronic Control Module
ECT:
Engine Coolant Temperature sensor. See CTS.
C
EEPROM:
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFE:
Early Fuel Evaporation
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• C–3
Glossary
EFI:
Electronic Fuel Injection. Any system where a computer controls fuel delivery to
the engine by using fuel injectors.
EGR:
Exhaust Gas Recirculation. The PCM uses the EGR system to recirculate
exhaust gases back into the intake manifold to reduce emissions. EGR is used
only during warm engine cruise conditions.
EOP:
Engine Oil Pressure (Switch)
EOT
Engine Oil Temperature (Sensor)
EPA:
Environmental Protection Agency.
ESC:
Electronic Spark Control. An ignition system function that warns the PCM when
knock is detected. The PCM then retards spark timing to eliminate the knocking
condition.
EST:
Electronic Spark Timing. An ignition system that allows the PCM to control spark
advance timing. The PCM determines optimum spark timing from sensor
information — engine speed, throttle position, coolant temperature, engine load,
vehicle speed, Park/Neutral switch position, and knock sensor condition.
EVAP:
Evaporative Emissions System.
FC:
Fan Control
Freeze Frame:
A block of memory containing DTCs of the vehicle operating conditions for a
specific time.
FTP:
Federal Test Procedure. Strict test of vehicle’s emissions.
Ground (GND):
An electrical conductor used as a common return for an electric circuit(s) and
with a relative zero potential (voltage).
Hall Effect Sensor:
Any of a type of sensor utilizing a permanent magnet and a transistorized Hall
Effect switch. Hall Effect type sensors may be used to measure speed and
position of the crankshaft or camshaft — for spark timing and fuel injector
control.
HO2S:
C Heated Oxygen Sensor. See O2S.
HVAC:
Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning (System)
I/M:
Inspection and Maintenance. An emission control program.
C–4 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Glossary
IAC:
Idle Air Control. A device mounted on the throttle body which adjusts the amount
of air bypassing a closed throttle so that the PCM can control idle speed.
IAT:
Intake Air Temperature (Sensor)
ICM:
Ignition Control Module.
IMRC:
Intake Manifold Runner Control
IPC:
Instrument Panel Cluster
ISC:
Idle Speed Control. A small electric motor mounted on the throttle body and
controlled by the PCM. The PCM can control idle speed by commanding the ISC
to adjust its position.
ISO:
International Organization of Standardization also know as International
Standards Organization.
KAM:
Keep Alive Memory
Knock Sensor (KS):
Used to detect engine detonation or knock. The sensor contains a piezoelectric
element and is threaded into the engine block. Special construction makes the
element sensitive only to engine vibrations associated with detonation.
Knock:
Uncontrolled ignition of the air/fuel mixture in the cylinder. Also referred to as
detonation or ping. Knock indicates extreme cylinder pressures or “hotspots”
which are causing the air/fuel mixture to detonate prematurely.
KOEO:
Key On Engine Off. Turn the ignition key to on, but don’t start the engine.
KOER:
Key On Engine Running. Start the vehicle.
LCD:
Liquid Crystal Display
LTFT:
Long Term Fuel Trim
M/T:
Manual transmission or manual transaxle.
MAF:
Mass Air Flow (sensor). Measures the amount and density of air entering the C
engine and sends a frequency or voltage signal to the PCM. The PCM uses this
signal in its fuel delivery calculations.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• C–5
Glossary
MAP:
Manifold Absolute Pressure (sensor). Measures intake manifold vacuum or
pressure and sends a frequency or voltage signal (depending on sensor type)
to the PCM. This gives the PCM information on engine load for control of fuel
delivery, spark advance, and EGR flow.
MAT:
Manifold Air Temperature (sensor). A resistance sensor in the intake manifold
that sends a voltage signal to the PCM indicating the temperature of the
incoming air. The PCM uses this signal for fuel delivery calculations.
MIL:
Malfunction Indicator Lamp. The MIL is most commonly known as the Check
Engine or Service Engine Soon light. A required on-board indicator to alert the
driver of an emission-related malfunction.
Misfire:
Caused by the air fuel ratio being incorrect.
Monitor:
A test performed by the on-board computer to verify proper operation of
emission-related systems or components.
MPFI or MFI:
Multi-Port Fuel Injection. MPFI is a fuel injection system using one (or more)
injector(s) for each cylinder. The injectors are mounted in the intake manifold,
and fired in groups rather than individually.
NOx:
Oxides of Nitrogen. The system EGR and Camshafts injects exhaust gases into
the intake manifold to reduce these gases at the tailpipe.
O2S:
Oxygen Sensor. Generates a voltage of 0.6 to 1.1 volts when the exhaust gas
is rich (low oxygen content). The voltage changes to 0.4 volts or less when the
exhaust gas is lean (high oxygen content). This sensor only operates after it
reaches a temperature of approximately 349ºC (660ºF). O2 sensors are usually
found both upstream and downstream of the catalytic converter. The PCM uses
these sensors to fine tune the air-fuel ratio and to monitor the efficiency of the
catalytic converter. See Bank 1, Bank 2, Sensor 1, Sensor 2.
OBD II:
On-Board Diagnostics, Second Generation. OBD II is a U.S.
Government-mandated standard requiring all cars and light trucks to have a
common data connector, connector location, communication protocol, DTCs
and code definitions. OBD II first appeared on vehicles in late 1994, and is
required to be present on all cars sold in the US after January 1, 1996.
ODM:
Output Device Monitor.
C Open Loop (OL):
A control system mode that does not monitor the output to verify if the desired
results were achieved. A fuel delivery system usually operates in open loop
mode during cold engine warm-up because the oxygen sensors are not yet
ready to send a signal. Without the oxygen sensor signal, the computer cannot
check the actual results of combustion.
C–6 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Glossary
PCM:
Powertrain Control Module. The brains of the engine and transmission control
systems housed in a metal box with a number of sensors and actuators
connected via a wiring harness. Its job is to control fuel delivery, idle speed,
spark advance timing, and emission systems. The PCM receives information
from sensors, then energizes various actuators to control the engine. The PCM
is also known as the ECM (Engine Control Module).
Pending Codes:
Also referred to as Continuous Memory codes and Maturing Diagnostic Trouble
Codes. Pending Codes may be set by emission related powertrain components
and systems. If the fault does not occur after a certain number of drive cycles,
the code is erased from memory.
PID:
Parameter Identification. Identifies an address in memory which contains
vehicle operating information.
PNP:
Park/Neutral Position. A switch that tells the PCM when the gear shift lever is
in the Park or Neutral position. When in Park or Neutral, the PCM operates the
engine in an idle mode.
PROM:
Programmable Read-Only Memory. The PROM contains programming
information the PCM needs to operate a specific vehicle model/engine
combination.
PSPS:
Power Steering Pressure Switch
Purge Solenoid:
Controls the flow of fuel vapors from the carbon canister to the intake manifold.
The canister collects vapors evaporating from the fuel tank, preventing them
from escaping to the atmosphere and causing pollution. During warm engine
cruise conditions, the PCM energizes the Purge Solenoid so the trapped vapors
are drawn into the engine and burned.
PWM:
Pulse Width Modulated
PZM:
Platform Zone Module
QDM:
Quad Driver Module
RAM:
Random Access Memory
Relay:
An electromechanical device in which connections in one circuit are switched.
C
Reluctance Sensor:
A type of sensor typically used to measure crankshaft or camshaft speed and/or
position, driveshaft speed, and wheel speed.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• C–7
Glossary
ROM:
Read-Only Memory. Permanent programming information stored inside the
PCM, containing the information the PCM needs to operate a specific vehicle
model/engine combination.
RPM:
Revolutions Per Minute
SAE:
Society of Automotive Engineers.
Scan Tool:
A device that interfaces with and communicates information on a data link.
SDM:
Sensing and Diagnostic Module
Sensor x:
A standard term used to identify the location of oxygen sensors. Sensor 1 is
located upstream of the catalytic converter. See O2S, Bank 1, Bank 2.
Sensor:
Any device that reports information to the PCM. The job of the sensor is to
convert a parameter such as engine temperature into an electrical signal that the
PCM can understand.
SFI or SEFI:
Sequential Fuel Injection or Sequential Electronic Fuel Injection. A fuel injection
system that uses one or more injectors for each cylinder. The injectors are
mounted in the intake manifold and are fired individually.
Solenoid:
A device consisting of an electrical coil which when energized, produces a
magnetic field in a plunger, which is pulled to a central position. A solenoid may
be used as an actuator in a valve or switch.
STFT:
Short Term Fuel Trim.
STS:
Service Throttle Soon
TAC:
Throttle Actuator Control
TBI:
Throttle Body Injection. A fuel injection system having one or more injectors
mounted in a centrally located throttle body, as opposed to positioning the
injectors close to an intake valve port. TBI is also called Central Fuel Injection
(CFI) in some vehicles.
TCC:
Torque Converter Clutch
C TCM:
Transmission Control Module
TCS:
Traction Control System for PCM and brakes
C–8 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Glossary
TDC:
Top Dead Center. When a piston is at its uppermost position in the cylinder.
TFP:
Transmission Fluid Pressure
TFT:
Transmission Fluid Temperature (Sensor)
Throttle Body:
A device which performs the same function as a carburetor in a fuel injection
system. On a throttle body injection (TBI) system, the throttle body is both the
air door and the location of the fuel injectors. On port fuel injection systems (PFI,
MPFI, SFI, etc.), the throttle body is simply an air door. Fuel is not added until
the injectors at each intake port are activated. In each case, the throttle body is
attached to the accelerator pedal.
TPS:
Throttle Position Sensor. Potentiometer-type sensor connected to the throttle
shaft. Its voltage signal output increases as the throttle is opened. The PCM
uses this signal to control many systems such as idle speed, spark advance, fuel
delivery, etc.
Traction Assist:
Assist in traction with brakes only.
Trip:
Vehicle operation for a period of time so the systems can be monitored.
TTS:
Transmission Temperature Sensor. A resistance sensor mounted in the
transmission housing in contact with the transmission fluid. It sends a voltage
signal to the PCM indicating the temperature of the transmission.
VECI:
Vehicle Emission Control Information. A decal located in the engine
compartment containing information about the emission control systems found
on the vehicle. The VECI is the authoritative source for determining whether a
vehicle is OBD II compliant.
VIN:
Vehicle Identification Number. This is the factory-assigned vehicle serial
number. This number is stamped on a number of locations throughout the
vehicle, but the most prominent location is on top of the dashboard on the
driver’s side, visible from outside the car. The VIN includes information about the
car, including where it was built, body and engine codes, options, and a
sequential build number.
VSS:
Vehicle Speed Sensor. Sends a frequency signal to the PCM. The frequency
increases as the vehicle moves faster to give the PCM vehicle speed C
information used to determine shift points, engine load, and cruise control
functions.
VTD:
Vehicle Theft Deterrent
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• C–9
Glossary
Warm-up Cycle:
Warm-up cycle is when the engine coolant temperature rises at least 40 degrees
above that at engine start up.
WOT:
Wide-Open Throttle. The vehicle operating condition brought about when the
throttle is completely (or nearly) open. The PCM typically delivers extra fuel to
the engine and de-energizs the A/C compressor at this time for acceleration
purposes. The PCM uses a switch or the TPS to identify the WOT condition.
C – 10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
SPX Corporation Limited Warranty
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO ORIGINAL RETAIL
BUYERS OF SPX ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (“UNITS”).
SPX Units are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for one year (12 months)
from date of delivery. This warranty does not cover any Unit that has been abused, altered, used
for a purpose other than that for which it was intended, or used in a manner inconsistent with
instructions regarding use. The sole and exclusive remedy for any Unit found to be defective is
repair or replacement, the option of SPX. In no event shall SPX be liable for any direct, indirect,
special, incidental or consequential damages (including lost profit) whether based on warranty,
contract, tort or any other legal theory. The existence of a defect shall be determined by SPX in
accordance with procedures established by SPX. No one is authorized to make any statement or
representation altering the terms of this warranty.
DISCLAIMER
THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
SOFTWARE
Unit software is proprietary, confidential information protected under copyright law.
Users have no right in or title to Unit software other than a limited right of use revocable
by SPX. Unit software may not be transferred or disclosed without written consent of
SPX. Unit software may not be copied except in ordinary backup procedures.
ORDER INFORMATION
Order replacement and optional parts directly from your SPX authorized tool supplier.
Include the quantity, part number, and item description.
Technical Service
If you have any questions about the operation of the product, call (800) 228-7667.
Repair
When sending your SPX electronic product in for repair, include the following:
• contact name
• telephone number
• description of the problem
• proof-of-purchase for warranty repairs
• preferred method of payment for non-warranty repairs
For non-warranty repairs, please call Tech Support at (800) 228-7667. You will be advised
of the cost of repair and any freight charges.
Send the unit to:
SPX Service Solutions

15825 Industrial Parkway
Cleveland Ohio 44135
Attn.: Repair
© 2006 SPX Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Todos los derechos reservados.
Tous droits réservés.
P/N 0002-000-2968

Actron cp9190 Manual

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationSPX Corporation reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice. The information, specifications and illustrations in this guide are based on the latest information available at the time of printing.

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Actron cp9190 Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Actron cp9190 Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CP9190

Elite AutoScanner ®Pro

If you have questions or concerns Contact

All rights reserved.

The information, specifications and illustrations in this

Section 1 – Using This Manual

Section 2 – Getting Started

Section 3– Using The Scan Tool

Setup User Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Section 4 – Global OBD II Diagnostics

Section 7 – Chrysler Diagnostics

Section 8 – Import Diagnostics

Vehicle Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Appendix A – PID Definitions

Indicates a possible hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a possible hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a possible hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a condition which, if not avoided, may result

! Type Styles Used:

Safety goggles and protective gloves must be worn

Engine systems that malfunction can cause injury.

Important Safety Messages !

Risk of electric shock.

• Do not exceed voltage limits between inputs

• Use extreme caution when working with circuits that

Electric shock can cause injury.

• Safety goggles and protective clothing must be

• Do not use this scan tool in environments where

• Use this Scan Tool in locations with mechanical

• Flammable fuel and vapors can ignite.

• Do not smoke, strike a match, or cause a spark in

! • Avoid making an accidental connection between the

• When removing battery cables, remove the ground

• Avoid sparks when connecting or disconnecting

• Make sure ignition is off, headlights and other

• Always disconnect the battery ground connections

Explosion can cause injury.

• Use this Scan Tool in locations with mechanical

• Route the exhaust outside while testing with the

Poisoning can result in death or serious injury.

! WARNING Battery acid is a highly corrosive sulfuric acid. !

• Make sure someone can hear you or is close enough

• Have plenty of fresh water and soap nearby.

• Do not touch eyes while working near battery.

Battery acid can burn eyes and skin.

• Safety goggles and protective clothing must be

• Do not position your head directly in front of or over

• Do not pour gasoline down the throttle body when

• Do not use fuel injector cleaning solvents when

• Keep cigarettes, sparks, open flame and other

• Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher rated

Fire can cause death or serious injury.

Risk of flying particles.

• Safety goggles and protective gloves must be worn

Flying particles can cause eye injury.

Short circuits can cause injury.

! WARNING Risk of burns.